CA2965813A1 - Spirocyclic containing compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof - Google Patents
Spirocyclic containing compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2965813A1 CA2965813A1 CA2965813A CA2965813A CA2965813A1 CA 2965813 A1 CA2965813 A1 CA 2965813A1 CA 2965813 A CA2965813 A CA 2965813A CA 2965813 A CA2965813 A CA 2965813A CA 2965813 A1 CA2965813 A1 CA 2965813A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- substituted
- unsubstituted
- mmol
- compound
- added
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
- C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to a novel family of covalent kinases inhibitors, compounds of this class have been found to have inhibitory activity against members of the Tec kinase family, particularly Itk and/or RLK, TEC and/or combinations thereof. The present invention is directed to a compound of Formula I
(see formula I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvates of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, for use in therapy.
(see formula I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvates of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, for use in therapy.
Description
SPIROCYCLIC CONTAINING COMPOUNDS AND
PHARMACEUTICAL USES THEREOF
FIELD OF INVENTION
The present invention relates to a novel family of protein kinase inhibitors, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, to pharmacological compositions that contain them and to their use of the inhibitors to treat or prevent diseases, disorders and conditions associated with kinase function.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Protein kinases are a large group of intracellular and transmembrane signalling proteins in eukaryotic cells (Manning G. et al, (2002) Science, 298: 1912-1934).
Phosphorylation of specific amino acid residues in target proteins by protein kinases can modulate their activity leading to profound changes in cellular signalling and metabolism.
Kinases play key roles in the regulation of cellular proliferation, survival, differentiation and function.
Many kinases have been implicated in disease and, as such, are attractive therapeutic targets.
The Tec-kinase-family of kinases consists of Tyrosine kinase expressed in hepatocellular carcinoma (Tec), Interleukin-2 inducible T-cell kinase (ITK, also known as Tsk and Emt), Resting lymphocyte kinase (Rik, also known as Txk for Tyrosine Protein Kinase), Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk), Bone marrow kinase on the X-chromosome (Bmx, also known as Etk) (Bradshaw JM Cell Signal. 2010;22(8):1175-84). These intracellular kinases play important roles in the development and function of lymphocytes and myeloid cells (Norwood et al. Int. Rev. Immunol. 2012; 31(2):87-103, Felices M et al. Adv.
Immunol.
2007; 93:145-84). Additionally, selected Tec-family members such as ltk, Tec and Bmx are expressed in cancerous cells where they may play a role in cancer cell survival and malignancy (Carson CC et al. Olin Cancer Res. 2015; 21(9):2167-76, Mano H. et al.
Oncogene. 1990; 5(12):1781-6, Cenni B et al. Int. Rev. Immunol. 2012;
31(2):166-73).
Itk is an important component of T-cell signaling function and differentiation. Itk is activated upon stimulation of T-cell receptors and initiates a signaling cascade that results in cellular activation, cytokine release and rapid proliferation. ltk is important in T-helper (Th) cell development and function including Th1, Th2, Th9, Th17 and T-regulatory cell development (Fowell DJ et al. 1999 Immunity 11:399-409; Gomez-Rodriguez J. et al. 2014 J. Exp. Med 211:529-543, Gomez-Rodriguez J. et al 2016 Nat Commun. 2016; 7:
10857).
For example, ltk CD4+ T cells show significant reduction in the production of Th1 and Th17 cytokines and exhibit skewed T effector/Treg cell ratios with a bias towards FoxP3+
Treg (Kannan A et al 2015. J Neurosci. 35:221-233, Gomez-Rodriguez J. et al.
2014 J.
Exp. Med. 211:529-543). Furthermore, specific inhibition of an allele-sensitive ltk mutant shows that ltk is important in Th1, Th2, Th17, and iNKT-cell cytokine production (Kannan A et al Eur. J. lmmunol. 2015. 45: 2276-2285). Consequently, ltk is a promising target for prevention or treatment of diseases involving Th cytokines or where modulation of immunosuppressive Treg cells is desired. Furthermore, polymorphisms in the ltk promoter that increase ltk expression in humans have been linked to increased asthma incidence (Lee, S. H. et al. 2011 An Hum Genet 75:359-369) and ltk preferentially regulates the secretion of the Th2 cytokines IL-5 and IL-13 in models of allergic asthma suggesting that ltk inhibitors may be useful in the treatment of asthma (Muller C et al. 2003J
Immuno1.170:5056-63). Also, ltk is upregulated in lesioned skin from patients with allergic contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis and psoriasis (von Bonin A et al. 2010.
Exp. Derm;
20, 41-47).
Rik (Txk) is another Tec-kinase-family member that is expressed in T-cells (Hu Q et al.
1995 J. Biol Chem. 270:1928-1934). Rik (Txk) and ltk regulate Th cell-mediated responses via their differential expression in Th1 and Th2 cells, respectively (Sahu N et al. J. Immuno1.2008, 181:6125-6131). Furthermore, while ltk -I- mice have impaired in NKT cell generation this defect is exacerbated in the absence of both Rik and ltk (Felices M.et al. 2008, J innmunol. 180:3007-3018). Increased expression of Rik has been reported in patients with Behcet's disease, an inflammatory disorder associated with increased inflammation and Th1 cytokine production (Suzuki N et al. 2006 Clin. Med.
Res.4:147-151). Knockout of both = Itk and RIk produces stronger effects on 1-cell function than knockout of either kinase alone (Schaeffer et al. 1999 Science 284:638-641;
Felices et al.
2008 J. Innmunol. 180:3007-3018).
Tec kinase, after which the family of related kinases is known, was first shown to be expressed in hepatocellular carcinoma (Mano et al. 1990 Oncogene.5:1781-6).
Tec
PHARMACEUTICAL USES THEREOF
FIELD OF INVENTION
The present invention relates to a novel family of protein kinase inhibitors, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, to pharmacological compositions that contain them and to their use of the inhibitors to treat or prevent diseases, disorders and conditions associated with kinase function.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Protein kinases are a large group of intracellular and transmembrane signalling proteins in eukaryotic cells (Manning G. et al, (2002) Science, 298: 1912-1934).
Phosphorylation of specific amino acid residues in target proteins by protein kinases can modulate their activity leading to profound changes in cellular signalling and metabolism.
Kinases play key roles in the regulation of cellular proliferation, survival, differentiation and function.
Many kinases have been implicated in disease and, as such, are attractive therapeutic targets.
The Tec-kinase-family of kinases consists of Tyrosine kinase expressed in hepatocellular carcinoma (Tec), Interleukin-2 inducible T-cell kinase (ITK, also known as Tsk and Emt), Resting lymphocyte kinase (Rik, also known as Txk for Tyrosine Protein Kinase), Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk), Bone marrow kinase on the X-chromosome (Bmx, also known as Etk) (Bradshaw JM Cell Signal. 2010;22(8):1175-84). These intracellular kinases play important roles in the development and function of lymphocytes and myeloid cells (Norwood et al. Int. Rev. Immunol. 2012; 31(2):87-103, Felices M et al. Adv.
Immunol.
2007; 93:145-84). Additionally, selected Tec-family members such as ltk, Tec and Bmx are expressed in cancerous cells where they may play a role in cancer cell survival and malignancy (Carson CC et al. Olin Cancer Res. 2015; 21(9):2167-76, Mano H. et al.
Oncogene. 1990; 5(12):1781-6, Cenni B et al. Int. Rev. Immunol. 2012;
31(2):166-73).
Itk is an important component of T-cell signaling function and differentiation. Itk is activated upon stimulation of T-cell receptors and initiates a signaling cascade that results in cellular activation, cytokine release and rapid proliferation. ltk is important in T-helper (Th) cell development and function including Th1, Th2, Th9, Th17 and T-regulatory cell development (Fowell DJ et al. 1999 Immunity 11:399-409; Gomez-Rodriguez J. et al. 2014 J. Exp. Med 211:529-543, Gomez-Rodriguez J. et al 2016 Nat Commun. 2016; 7:
10857).
For example, ltk CD4+ T cells show significant reduction in the production of Th1 and Th17 cytokines and exhibit skewed T effector/Treg cell ratios with a bias towards FoxP3+
Treg (Kannan A et al 2015. J Neurosci. 35:221-233, Gomez-Rodriguez J. et al.
2014 J.
Exp. Med. 211:529-543). Furthermore, specific inhibition of an allele-sensitive ltk mutant shows that ltk is important in Th1, Th2, Th17, and iNKT-cell cytokine production (Kannan A et al Eur. J. lmmunol. 2015. 45: 2276-2285). Consequently, ltk is a promising target for prevention or treatment of diseases involving Th cytokines or where modulation of immunosuppressive Treg cells is desired. Furthermore, polymorphisms in the ltk promoter that increase ltk expression in humans have been linked to increased asthma incidence (Lee, S. H. et al. 2011 An Hum Genet 75:359-369) and ltk preferentially regulates the secretion of the Th2 cytokines IL-5 and IL-13 in models of allergic asthma suggesting that ltk inhibitors may be useful in the treatment of asthma (Muller C et al. 2003J
Immuno1.170:5056-63). Also, ltk is upregulated in lesioned skin from patients with allergic contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis and psoriasis (von Bonin A et al. 2010.
Exp. Derm;
20, 41-47).
Rik (Txk) is another Tec-kinase-family member that is expressed in T-cells (Hu Q et al.
1995 J. Biol Chem. 270:1928-1934). Rik (Txk) and ltk regulate Th cell-mediated responses via their differential expression in Th1 and Th2 cells, respectively (Sahu N et al. J. Immuno1.2008, 181:6125-6131). Furthermore, while ltk -I- mice have impaired in NKT cell generation this defect is exacerbated in the absence of both Rik and ltk (Felices M.et al. 2008, J innmunol. 180:3007-3018). Increased expression of Rik has been reported in patients with Behcet's disease, an inflammatory disorder associated with increased inflammation and Th1 cytokine production (Suzuki N et al. 2006 Clin. Med.
Res.4:147-151). Knockout of both = Itk and RIk produces stronger effects on 1-cell function than knockout of either kinase alone (Schaeffer et al. 1999 Science 284:638-641;
Felices et al.
2008 J. Innmunol. 180:3007-3018).
Tec kinase, after which the family of related kinases is known, was first shown to be expressed in hepatocellular carcinoma (Mano et al. 1990 Oncogene.5:1781-6).
Tec
2 kinase is also expressed in normal B and T-cells and is up-regulated upon T-cell activation =
in Th1 and Th2 cells (Tomlinson MG et al 2004 Mol. Cell. Biol., 24:2455-2466).
Tec may have different roles from either ltk or Rik. Tec has a unique subcellular distribution differential protein interactions compared with ltk and Rik (Tomlinson MG et al 2004 Mol.
Cell. Biol., 24:2455-2466) and Tec, but not Rik or ltk, is a tyrosine kinase of c-Maf leading to enhancement of c-Maf-dependent IL-4 promoter activity (Liu CC et al. 2015 PLoS
One.10:e0127617). Lastly, Tec controls assembly of the non-canonical caspase 8 inflammasome involved in fungal sepsis and Tec-deficient mice are highly resistant to =
candidiasis (Zwolanek F et al. 2014 PLoS Pathog 10, e1004525).
Experimental data using Tec-kinase-family null animals supports the therapeutic benefit of kinase inhibition in human disease.
ltk modulates neuroinflammation due to experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE), the animal model of multiple sclerosis (MS). ltk-I- mice exhibit reduced disease severity, and transfer of ltk-/-CD4+T cells into T
cell-deficient mice results in lower EAE disease severity (Kannan Ak et al. J.
Neurosci, 2015;35:221-233). ltk -/- mice exhibit decreased inflammatory response in contact hypersensitivity models (Von Bonin et al. Experimental Dermatology,2010;20,41-47) and secretion of the Th2 cytokines IL-5 and IL-13 is decreased in models of allergic asthma in ltk -/- mice (Mueller C et al. J Immunol. 2003;170(10):5056-63).
Data obtained with inhibitors of selected Tec-kinase-family members suggests that inhibitors of these kinases may be useful in the treatment of disease.
Inhibitors of itk, Rik and other Tec-kinase-family members may be useful in the prevention or treatment of 1-cell related diseases such as multiple sclerosis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and inflammatory bowel diseases well as viral infections. For example, a small molecule inhibitor of ltk and RIk has shown efficacy in the mouse adoptive T-cell transfer model of colitis (Cho H-S et al. 2015; J. lmmunol. 195: 4822-31).
Also, a selective ltk inhibitor blocked leukocyte lung infiltration following ovalbumin challenge in a rat model .of asthma (Lin TA et al. 2004 Biochemistry. 43:11056-11062).
Additionally, an ltk inhibitor was effective in mouse models of skin contact hypersensitivity (von Bonin A et al. 2010. Exp. Derm;20,41-47). Furthermore, ltk inhibitors can alter the HIV replication at various stages of viral life cycle including viral entry, gp120-induced actin reorganization, transcription from viral long terminal repeats (LTR) and virion assembly
in Th1 and Th2 cells (Tomlinson MG et al 2004 Mol. Cell. Biol., 24:2455-2466).
Tec may have different roles from either ltk or Rik. Tec has a unique subcellular distribution differential protein interactions compared with ltk and Rik (Tomlinson MG et al 2004 Mol.
Cell. Biol., 24:2455-2466) and Tec, but not Rik or ltk, is a tyrosine kinase of c-Maf leading to enhancement of c-Maf-dependent IL-4 promoter activity (Liu CC et al. 2015 PLoS
One.10:e0127617). Lastly, Tec controls assembly of the non-canonical caspase 8 inflammasome involved in fungal sepsis and Tec-deficient mice are highly resistant to =
candidiasis (Zwolanek F et al. 2014 PLoS Pathog 10, e1004525).
Experimental data using Tec-kinase-family null animals supports the therapeutic benefit of kinase inhibition in human disease.
ltk modulates neuroinflammation due to experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE), the animal model of multiple sclerosis (MS). ltk-I- mice exhibit reduced disease severity, and transfer of ltk-/-CD4+T cells into T
cell-deficient mice results in lower EAE disease severity (Kannan Ak et al. J.
Neurosci, 2015;35:221-233). ltk -/- mice exhibit decreased inflammatory response in contact hypersensitivity models (Von Bonin et al. Experimental Dermatology,2010;20,41-47) and secretion of the Th2 cytokines IL-5 and IL-13 is decreased in models of allergic asthma in ltk -/- mice (Mueller C et al. J Immunol. 2003;170(10):5056-63).
Data obtained with inhibitors of selected Tec-kinase-family members suggests that inhibitors of these kinases may be useful in the treatment of disease.
Inhibitors of itk, Rik and other Tec-kinase-family members may be useful in the prevention or treatment of 1-cell related diseases such as multiple sclerosis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, psoriasis and inflammatory bowel diseases well as viral infections. For example, a small molecule inhibitor of ltk and RIk has shown efficacy in the mouse adoptive T-cell transfer model of colitis (Cho H-S et al. 2015; J. lmmunol. 195: 4822-31).
Also, a selective ltk inhibitor blocked leukocyte lung infiltration following ovalbumin challenge in a rat model .of asthma (Lin TA et al. 2004 Biochemistry. 43:11056-11062).
Additionally, an ltk inhibitor was effective in mouse models of skin contact hypersensitivity (von Bonin A et al. 2010. Exp. Derm;20,41-47). Furthermore, ltk inhibitors can alter the HIV replication at various stages of viral life cycle including viral entry, gp120-induced actin reorganization, transcription from viral long terminal repeats (LTR) and virion assembly
3 release from T cells (Readinger JA et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A.
2008;105(18):6684-9). Similarly Itk inhibition alleviates T-cell activation and murine myocardial inflammation associated with Coxsackie virus CVB3 infection (He F et al. Mol Immunol.
2014;59(1):30-8) and Itk is required for efficient replication of influenza virus in infected T-cells (Fan K et al. J Gen Virol. 2012;93(Pt 5):987-97). These data suggest that inhibitors of the Tec-kinase-family may be useful in the treatment of a variety of human and animal diseases.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to a novel family of covalent kinases inhibitors. Compounds of this class have been found to have inhibitory activity against members of the Tec kinase family, particularly ltk and/or Rik (Txk), and/or Tec.
One aspect of the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula I:
0, ,¨R
R'¨
R"
Formula I
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, wherein R is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
L is selected from () n n' wherein n is an integer from 1 to 3; and n' is an integer from 1 to 3;
E is selected from:
2008;105(18):6684-9). Similarly Itk inhibition alleviates T-cell activation and murine myocardial inflammation associated with Coxsackie virus CVB3 infection (He F et al. Mol Immunol.
2014;59(1):30-8) and Itk is required for efficient replication of influenza virus in infected T-cells (Fan K et al. J Gen Virol. 2012;93(Pt 5):987-97). These data suggest that inhibitors of the Tec-kinase-family may be useful in the treatment of a variety of human and animal diseases.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to a novel family of covalent kinases inhibitors. Compounds of this class have been found to have inhibitory activity against members of the Tec kinase family, particularly ltk and/or Rik (Txk), and/or Tec.
One aspect of the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula I:
0, ,¨R
R'¨
R"
Formula I
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, wherein R is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
L is selected from () n n' wherein n is an integer from 1 to 3; and n' is an integer from 1 to 3;
E is selected from:
4 Ra c5S5 Rb 0 Rc wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -ON, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
Or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Re taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclic ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above;
provided L-E is JVW
n()n' ;
R' and R" are independently selected from ¨X-Y wherein X is selected from alkylene, -(alkylene)-NR1-,-(alkylene)-NR2-, -(alkylene)-0-, -0-, -S-, -S(0)m-, -NR1-, -NR2-, -0(0)-, -0(0)0-, -C(0)NR1-, -C(0)0NR1-, or -S(0)mNR1- ;
R1 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
R2 is selected from ¨C(0)R3, -C(0)0R3 or-S(0)mR3;
R3 is selected from lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
Or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Re taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclic ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above;
provided L-E is JVW
n()n' ;
R' and R" are independently selected from ¨X-Y wherein X is selected from alkylene, -(alkylene)-NR1-,-(alkylene)-NR2-, -(alkylene)-0-, -0-, -S-, -S(0)m-, -NR1-, -NR2-, -0(0)-, -0(0)0-, -C(0)NR1-, -C(0)0NR1-, or -S(0)mNR1- ;
R1 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
R2 is selected from ¨C(0)R3, -C(0)0R3 or-S(0)mR3;
R3 is selected from lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
5 m is an integer from 1 to 2; or X is a bond; and Y is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl; or R' and R" taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring, or a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring.
In another aspect provided herein a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein, and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof; and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
In another aspect the present invention provides a pharmaceutical combination comprising a compound of Formula I disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof and at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment or prevention of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases or viral infection in combination therapy.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvate of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, for use in treatment with at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, = inflammatory diseases or viral infection wherein: said additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is appropriate for the disease being treated; and said additional active
In another aspect provided herein a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein, and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof; and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
In another aspect the present invention provides a pharmaceutical combination comprising a compound of Formula I disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof and at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment or prevention of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases or viral infection in combination therapy.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvate of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, for use in treatment with at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, = inflammatory diseases or viral infection wherein: said additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is appropriate for the disease being treated; and said additional active
6 pharmaceutical ingredient is administered together with said composition as a single dosage form or separately from said composition as part of a multiple dosage form.
In another aspect the present invention provides a pharmaceutical combination comprising a compound of Formula I disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof and at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment or prevention of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases or viral infection in combination therapy.
Another aspect of the present invention provides the synthetic methods used to prepare compounds of Formula I of the present invention and are not intended to be limiting.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method for treating a subject suffering from a protein kinase mediated disease or condition, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvate of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof in combination with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In yet another aspect, provided herein are methods of preventing or treating a disease treatable by inhibition of ltk in a patient which comprises administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition consisting of a compound disclosed herein and or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a therapeutically effective amount and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In one embodiment of this aspect the patient suffers from a disease or disorder that can be treated by kinase inhibition. The compound disclosed herein and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can inhibit one or more kinases including but not limited to ltk, Rlk (also known as Txk), Blk, Bmx, Btk, Jak3, and/or Tec.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of modulating kinase activity in a subject comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvates of a salt,
In another aspect the present invention provides a pharmaceutical combination comprising a compound of Formula I disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof and at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment or prevention of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases or viral infection in combination therapy.
Another aspect of the present invention provides the synthetic methods used to prepare compounds of Formula I of the present invention and are not intended to be limiting.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method for treating a subject suffering from a protein kinase mediated disease or condition, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvate of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof in combination with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In yet another aspect, provided herein are methods of preventing or treating a disease treatable by inhibition of ltk in a patient which comprises administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition consisting of a compound disclosed herein and or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a therapeutically effective amount and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In one embodiment of this aspect the patient suffers from a disease or disorder that can be treated by kinase inhibition. The compound disclosed herein and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can inhibit one or more kinases including but not limited to ltk, Rlk (also known as Txk), Blk, Bmx, Btk, Jak3, and/or Tec.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of modulating kinase activity in a subject comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvates of a salt,
7 stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting protein kinase in a cell or tissue comprising contacting the cell or tissue with the compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvates of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting protein kinase activity in a subject, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvates of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of treating a subject suffering from cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases viral infection or combinations thereof, wherein the enzymatic activity of Itk , Rik , Tec or a combination thereof are reduced by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvate of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
In one embodiment the present invention provides a method of treatment wherein further comprising administering of a therapeutically effective amount of at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, neurological disorders or viral infection in combination therapy. The additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is administered together with the compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, as a single dosage form or separately, as part of a multiple dosage form. The additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is selected from the group comprising: steroids, leukotriene antagonists, anti-histamines, anti-cancer, anti-viral, anti-biotic agents, protein kinase inhibitors or combinations thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting protein kinase in a cell or tissue comprising contacting the cell or tissue with the compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvates of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting protein kinase activity in a subject, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvates of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of treating a subject suffering from cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases viral infection or combinations thereof, wherein the enzymatic activity of Itk , Rik , Tec or a combination thereof are reduced by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvate of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
In one embodiment the present invention provides a method of treatment wherein further comprising administering of a therapeutically effective amount of at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, neurological disorders or viral infection in combination therapy. The additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is administered together with the compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, as a single dosage form or separately, as part of a multiple dosage form. The additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is selected from the group comprising: steroids, leukotriene antagonists, anti-histamines, anti-cancer, anti-viral, anti-biotic agents, protein kinase inhibitors or combinations thereof.
8 Another aspect of the present invention provides a probe comprising the compound as disclosed therein which is covalently conjugated to a detectable label or affinity tag for said compound.
The administration of a compound of the present invention may be by any appropriate means known in the field, including systemic and localized administration.
Prior to administration, the compounds may be formulated as compositions suitable for pharmaceutical or clinical use. Such compositions may comprise appropriate carriers or excipients, such as those for topical, inhalation, or systemic administration. The compound of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable active for the treatment or prevention of a protein kinase mediated condition.
All publications, patent applications, patents and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by references in their entirety.
Other features, objects, and advantages of the invention(s) disclosed herein will be apparent from the description and drawings, and from the claims.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to a novel covalent kinase inhibitor of Formula I
0, N
R"
E
Formula I
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, wherein R is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
L is selected from
The administration of a compound of the present invention may be by any appropriate means known in the field, including systemic and localized administration.
Prior to administration, the compounds may be formulated as compositions suitable for pharmaceutical or clinical use. Such compositions may comprise appropriate carriers or excipients, such as those for topical, inhalation, or systemic administration. The compound of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable active for the treatment or prevention of a protein kinase mediated condition.
All publications, patent applications, patents and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by references in their entirety.
Other features, objects, and advantages of the invention(s) disclosed herein will be apparent from the description and drawings, and from the claims.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to a novel covalent kinase inhibitor of Formula I
0, N
R"
E
Formula I
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, wherein R is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
L is selected from
9 n()n' wherein n is an integer from 1 to 3; and n' is an integer from 1 to 3;
E is selected from the grOup:
Ra csss Rb 0 Rc wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -ON, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclic ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above;
provided L-E is ~LA./
n n.
;
R' and R" are independently selected from ¨X-Y wherein X is selected from alkylene, -(alkylene)-NR1-, -(alkylene)-NR2-, -(alkylene)-0-, -0-, -S-, -S(0),-, -NR1-, -NR2-, -C(0)-, -C(0)0-, -C(0)NR1-, -C(0)0NR1-, or -S(0)mNR1- ;
R1 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
R2 is selected from ¨C(0)R3, -C(0)0R3 or-S(0)mR3;
R3 is selected from lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
m is an integer from 1 to 2; or X is a bond and;
Y is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl; or R' and R" taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring, or a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring.
An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, halogen, and Ci to C3 substituted or unsubstituted alkyls.
An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where E is An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where L-E is selected from JUL, =
E , E E EN5 Or An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where L-E is selected from USN, JINIf aVV1/
N, E' , or An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where L-E is selected from E
JVVV
A
An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where L-E is selected from 0 An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where R is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where R is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where R' is selected from ¨CH2-NH-Y
wherein Y is as defined above and R" is hydrogen.
An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where R' is selected from ¨CH2-Y
wherein Y is as defined above and R" is hydrogen.
An embodiment includes compounds of formula I where X-Y is selected from ¨NR2C(0)-Y wherein R2 and Y are as defined above and R" is hydrogen.
An embodiment includes compounds of formula I, where R' and R" are both hydrogen.
An embodiment includes compounds of formula I, where R' is halogen and R" is hydrogen.
Compounds of Formula I can exist as tautomers. For example, compounds of Formula I
can exist in the following tautomeric form:
,¨R
R R'¨ >=N
R" R"
E
wherein R, R', R", L and E are as defined herein.
The compounds of the present invention may have activity as inhibitors of protein kinases including tyrosine protein kinases. Most particularly, compounds of the present invention may inhibit ltk enzyme and Itk-dependent cellular functions.
=
In an embodiment of the present invention compounds of Formula I may be formulated into a pharmaceutical composition which comprises an effective amount of a compound of the present invention with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
According to the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in association with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent or carrier.
=
The pharmaceutical compositions may be in a conventional pharmaceutical form suitable for oral administration (e.g., tablets, capsules, granules, powders and syrups), parenteral administration (e.g., injections (intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous)), drop infusion preparations, inhalation, eye lotion, topical administration (e.g., ointment), or suppositories. Regardless of the route of administration selected, the compounds may be formulated into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art.
The term "compound" refers also to its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
The term "pharmaceutically effective amount" refers to any amount of the composition for the prevention and treatment of humans that is effective in preventing or treating a disease or condition associated with protein kinase activity.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those ligands, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition, or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material. Each carrier must be acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation, including the active ingredient, and not injurious or harmful to the patient.
Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include:
(1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose, and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch, potato starch, and substituted or unsubstituted 6-cyclodextrin; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol;
(11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline;
(18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) phosphate buffer solutions;
and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations. For oral formulations, "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" such as cellulose, calcium silicate, corn starch, lactose, sucrose, dextrose, calcium phosphate, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, gelatin, talc, surfactants, suspending agents, emulsifiers, diluents, and others may be used. For injectable formulations, "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" such as water, saline, glucose solution, glucose solution analogs, alcohols, glycols, ethers (e.g., polyethylene glycol 400), oils, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, glycerides, surfactants, suspending agents, emulsifiers, and others may be used.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of the compound(s). These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compound(s), or by separately reacting a purified compound(s) in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed. Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naphthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, laurylsulphonate salts, and amino acid salts, and the like (See, for example, Berge et al.
(1977) "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pharm. Sci. 66: 1-19).
In other cases, the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances refers to the relatively non-toxic inorganic and organic base addition salts of a compound(s). These salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compound(s), or by separately reacting the purified compound(s) in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum =
salts, and the like. Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., supra).
The term "spirocycle", as used herein, refers to bicyclic rings system connected through just one atom. The rings can be different or identical. The connecting atom, also called spiroatom, is preferably a quaternary carbon. Spirocycle may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein.
The term "alkyl", as used herein, refers to a saturated hydrocarbon chain.
Alkyl chains may be straight or branched. Alkyl chains may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein. Representative alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, (n-propyl and isopropyl) butyl (n-butyl, t-butyl and isobutyl), pentyl (n-pentyl and isopentyl), hexyl and the like. In certain preferred embodiments, alkyl substituents are lower alkyl groups, e.g., having from Ito 6 carbon atoms.
The term "alkenyl", as used herein, refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbon chain analogous in length and possible substitution to the "alkyl" described above, but that contain at least one double bond. Representative alkenyl groups include vinyl, propen-2-yl, crotyl, isopenten-2-yl, 1,3-butadien-2-yl, 2,4-pentadienyl, and 1,4-pentadien-3-yl. In certain preferred embodiments, alkenyl substituents are lower alkenyl groups, e.g., having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
The term "alkynyl", as used herein, refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbon chain analogous in length and possible substitution to the "alkyl" described above, but that contain at least one triple bond. Representative alkynyl groups include ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, and 3-butynyl. In certain preferred embodiments, alkynyl substituents are lower alkyl groups, e.g., having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
The term, "alkylene", as used herein, refers to an alkyl group with two open valencies.
The term "heteroalkyl", as used herein, refers to a saturated or partially saturated chain containing one to four heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of 0, N
and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen atom may optionally be quaternized. Heteroalkyl chains may be straight or branched.
Heteroalkyl chains may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein. The heteroatom(s) 0, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive.
The term "cycloalkyl", as used herein, alternatively "carbocycle" and "carbocycly1" refers to a saturated or partially saturated non-aromatic ring, more preferably 3- to 8-membered ring, in which each atom of the ring is carbon or; refers to a spirocycle where each ring is a saturated or partially saturated hydrocarbon ring and the spiro atom is carbon. Cycloalkyl rings may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein. The term "cycloalkyl", "carbocycle" or "carbocycly1" also include polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is cycloalkyl, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls. Representative cycloalkyl rings include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexen-1-yl, cycloheptyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, adamantly and combinations thereof. In certain preferred embodiments, cycloalkyl substituents are lower cycloalkyl, e.g., refer to 3- to 8-membered ring.
The term "heterocycly1" alternatively "heterocyclic", as used herein, refers to non-aromatic ring structures, more preferably 3- to 8-membered rings, whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms or; refers to a spirocycle where the bicyclic rings system contains 1 to 4 heteroatoms. Heterocyclyl rings may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein. The term "heterocycly1" or "heterocyclic" also include polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is heterocyclic, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, aryls and/or heteroaryls. Heterocyclyl groups include, for example, tetrahydrofuran, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, morpholine, lactones, lactams and combinations thereof.
The term "aryl", as used herein, refers to 5-, 6-, and 7-membered aromatic rings in which each atom of the ring is carbon. Aryl rings may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein. The term "aryl" also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is aryl, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls. Aryl groups include, for example, benzene, naphthalene, phenanthrene, anthracene and combinations thereof.
The term "heteroaryl" or Het, as used herein, refers to 5-, 6-, and 7-membered aromatic rings whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms. Heteroaryl rings may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein. The term "heteroaryl" also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is heteroaryl, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls.
Heteroaryl groups include, for example, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, isoxazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, and combinations thereof.
The terms "polycycly1" alternatively "polycyclic", as used herein, refer to two or more rings (e.g., cycloalkyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls) in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings, e.g., the rings are "fused rings".
Polycyclyl rings may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein.
The term "aralkyl", as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group, for example ¨(CH2)p-Ar and p is an integer from 1 to 8.
The term "heteroaralkyl", as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with a heteroaryl group, for example ¨(CH2)p-Het and p is an integer from 1 to 8.
The term "alkoxy", as used herein, refers to an alkyl ether substituent, wherein the term alkyl is as defined therein. Representative alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tert-butoxy and combinations thereof.
The term "ether", as used herein, refers to an oxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon atoms.
The term "alkoxyalkyl", as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group, thereby forming ether.
=
The term "halo" or "halogen", as used herein, refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
The term "heteroatom", as used herein, refers to an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
The term "hydrocarbon", as used herein, refers to a group consisting entirely of carbon and hydrogen.
The term, "haloalkyl", as used herein, refers to an alkyl substituent wherein one or more hydrogens are replaced by a halogen.
The term "carbonyl", as used herein, when alone includes formyl -CH(0) and in combination is a ¨0(0) group.
The term "carboxyl", alternatively "carboxy", as used herein, refers to ¨C(0)0H or the corresponding "carboxylate" anion, such as in a carboxylic acid salt.
The term "acyl", as used herein, refers to ¨C(0)R wherein R is alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl as defined therein.
Representative acyl groups include acetyl, trifluoroacethyl, benzoyl, and combinations thereof.
The term "alkoxycarbonyl", as used herein, refers to ¨C(0)OR wherein R is alkyl as defined therein. Representative alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, and combinations thereof.
The term "alkylthio", as used herein, refers to a thioether ¨SR wherein R is alkyl as defined therein. Representative alkylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio and combinations thereof.
The term "sulfonate", as used herein, refers to a salt or ester of a sulfonic acid ¨0S02R
wherein R is alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl as defined therein. Representative sulfonate groups include mesylate, besylate, tosylate, and combinations thereof. =
The term "sulfonyl", as used herein, refers to ¨S02R wherein R is alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl as defined therein.
Representative sulfonate groups include methylsufonyl, ethylsulfonyl, and combinations thereof.
The term "sulfamoyl", as used herein, refers to ¨SO2NH2.
The term "sulfonamido", as used herein, refers to ¨S(0)2NRR' wherein R and R' are independently selected from alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl as defined above. R and R' may combine to form a heterocyclyl ring.
The term "amino", as used herein, refers to ¨NRR' wherein R and R' are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl as defined therein. R and R' may combine to form a heterocyclyl ring.
=
The term "amido" alternatively "amide", as used herein, refers to ¨C(0)NRR' wherein R
and R' are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl as defined therein. R and R' may combine to form an heterocyclyl ring.
The term "substituted" refers to moieties having substituents replacing hydrogen on one or more atoms of the backbone. It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. As used herein, the term "substituted" is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this invention, the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms.
Substituents can include, for example, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a haloalkyl, a heteroalkyl, a cycloalkyl, a heterocyclyl, an aryl, a heteroaryl, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl , carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl, a formyl, or an acyl, a thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an alkoxy, a phosphoryl, a phosphate, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amido, an amidine, an imine, a cyano, a nitro, an azido, a sulfhydryl, an alkylthio, a sulfate, a sulfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamido, a sulfonyl. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the substituents can themselves be substituted, if appropriate.
As used herein, the term "probe" means a compound of the invention which is labeled with either a detectable label or an affinity tag, and which is capable of binding, either covalently or non-covalently, to a protein kinase domain. When, for example, the probe is non-covalently bound, it may be displaced by a test compound. When, for example, the probe is bound covalently, it may be used to form cross-linked adducts, which may be quantified and inhibited by a test compound. As used herein, the term "affinity tag"
means a ligand or group, linked either to a compound of the present invention or to a protein kinase domain, that allows the conjugate to be extracted from a solution.
The term "prodrug" denotes a compound that is a drug precursor which, upon administration to a subject, is converted within the body into a compound of Formula I.
Prodrugs of compounds of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof are within the scope of this disclosure.
The term "subject" or "patient" means a human or an animal subject for prevention or treatment.
In an embodiment the use is ex vivo, for example in vitro, such as an in vitro assay.
Compounds of the invention also include all isotopes of atoms present in the intermediates and/or final compounds. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. For example, isotopes of hydrogen include deuterium and tritium.
Therapeutic Uses and Applications The compounds of the present invention may have potential utility as inhibitors of protein kinase activity and are suitable for use in therapy.
An aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting protein kinase activity in a cell, the method consisting of administering to said cell compound of Formula I as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting protein kinase in vitro or in vivo, said method consisting of contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, as defined herein.
A further aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting protein kinase activity in a human or animal subject for treatment or prevention of protein kinase mediated disease, the method consisting of administering to said subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula I as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
The term "protein kinase mediated disease" is used herein associated with abnormal or undesirable cellular responses triggered or maintained by protein kinase-mediated events. Furthermore, aberrant activation, mutation or excessive expressions of various protein kinases are implicated in the mechanism of multiple diseases and disorders.
These diseases include, but are not limited to cancer, autoimmune disease, inflammation, viral infection and neurological disease.
In one embodiment, the protein kinase inhibited by compounds of the present invention is Itk, RLK, or Tec singly or in combination.
The compounds of the present invention may be suitable for use in the treatment of or prevention of diseases that involve ltk, RLK or Tec, i.e. diseases that involve T cells and/or NK cells, for example, cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, viral infection and combinations thereof.
In one embodiment, a compound disclosed herein and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to a patient in need or recognized need thereof to prevent or treat an inflammatory disorder. In another embodiment, a compound disclosed herein and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to a patient in need or recognized need thereof to prevent or treat an inflammatory disorder characterized by excessive or undesired cytokine activity or production. In yet another embodiment, a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to a patient in need or recognized need thereof to prevent or treat lung inflammation, allergic asthma, pneumonia, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis or a combination thereof. In yet another embodiment a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to a patient in need of or recognized need thereof to prevent or treat uveitis or dry eye disease.
Examples of an autoimmune disease in the present invention include arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, Still's disease, juvenile arthritis, type I diabetes, inflammatory bowel disease, myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's thyroiditis, Basedow's disease, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, Guillain- Barre syndrome, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison disease, opsoclonus-myoclonus syndrome, ankylosing spondylitis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, celiac disease, Goodpasture's syndrome, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, optic neuritis, scleroderma, primary biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's disease, Takayasu arteritis, temporal arteritis, warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia, Wegener granuloma, alopecia universalis, Burchett disease, chronic fatigue syndrome, dysautonomia, endometriosis, interstitial cystitis, myotonia, vulvodynia, pemphigus, and combinations thereof.
Examples of an allergic disease in the present invention include allergy, anaphylaxis, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis and combinations thereof.
Examples of an inflammatory disease in the present invention include asthma, appendicitis, blepharitis, bronchiolitis, bronchitis, bursitis, cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis, endocarditis, endometritis, enteritis, epicondylitis, epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, inflammatory bowel disease, laryngitis, mastitis, meningitis, myelitis, myocarditis, myositis nephritis, oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, osteoarthritis, pancreatitis, parotitis, pericarditis, peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis, pneumonia, proctitis, prostatitis, pyelonephritis, rhinitis, salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis, synovitis, tendinitis, tonsillitis, uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis, vulvitis, and combinations thereof.
Examples of an infection include HIV/AIDS, influenza and combinations thereof.
Examples of cancer in the present invention include 1-cell lymphomas and 1-cell leukemias including peripheral 1-cell lymphoma, Seazry syndrome/cutaneous 1-cell lymphoma, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, and adult 1-cell leukemia/lymphoma.
Additional examples include NKfT-cell lymphoma, nasal type and aggressive NK-cell leukemia as well as melanoma and hepaptocellular carcinoma.
= In one embodiment, the compound of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex, or biologically active metabolite thereof, is acting by inhibiting one or more of the host cell kinases involved in cell proliferation, cell survival, viral replication, autoimmunity, an inflammatory disease or an infectious disease.
=
In further aspect of the present invention, the compound of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex, or biologically active metabolite thereof, is acting as inhibitor of cell kinases as anti-inflammatory, autoimmune modulators or anti-cancer agents.
In a further aspect of the present invention, the compound of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex, or biologically active metabolite thereof, is acting by inhibiting one or more of the host cell kinases involved in 1-cell function proliferation or polarization.
The compounds of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex, or biologically active metabolite thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of the present invention can be employed in combination therapies, the compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may have potential utility in combination with other therapies for the treatment of cancer, viral infections, immune, inflammatory, neurological diseases, proliferative and allergic disorders. Example includes but not limited to co-administration with steroids, leukotriene antagonists, anti-histamines, anti-cancer, anti-viral, anti-biotic agents or other protein kinase inhibitors. The anti-cancer agent may be selected from the group consisting of: cell signal transduction inhibitors, mitosis inhibitors, alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, intercalating anticancer agents, topoisomerase inhibitors, immunotherapeutic agents, anti-hormonal agents, and a mixture thereof. The additional active pharmaceutical ingredient used in the combination is appropriate for the disease being treated and said additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is administered together with the compounds of Formula I as a single dosage form or separately as part of a multiple dosage form.
Another aspect of the present invention provides compounds of the present invention can be administered by any means suitable for the condition to be treated, which may depend on the need for site-specific treatment or quantity of drug to be delivered.
Topical administration is generally preferred for skin-related diseases, and systematic treatment preferred for cancerous or pre-cancerous conditions, although other modes of delivery are contemplated. For example, the compounds may be delivered orally, such as in the form of tablets, capsules, granules, powders, or liquid formulations including syrups; topically, such as in the form of Solutions, suspensions, gels, cream or ointments;
sublingually;
buccally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular or intrasternal injection or infusion techniques (e.g., as sterile injectable aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions); nasally such as by inhalation spray; rectally such as in the form of suppositories; or liposomally. Dosage unit formulations containing non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or diluents may be administered. The compounds may be administered in a form suitable for immediate release, extended release, delayed release or controlled release. Immediate release or extended release may be achieved with suitable pharmaceutical compositions or, particularly in the case of extended release, with devices such as subcutaneous implants or osmotic pumps. The compounds may be administered in a form suitable for targeted delivery in which the drug is only active in the target area of the body (for example, in cancerous tissues) and sustained release formulations in which the drug is released over a period of time in a controlled manner from a formulation.
The compounds of the present invention are indicated both in the therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of the above-mentioned conditions. For the above-mentioned therapeutic and/or prophylactic uses the dosage administered will vary with the compound employed, the subject, the mode of administration, the treatment desired and the disorder indicated. The daily dosage may be between about 0.01 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg and preferably from about 1 ring/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of the subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
The compounds of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex, or biologically active metabolite thereof may be suitable for use in the preparation of a medicament for inhibiting a protein kinase activity selected from ITK, RLK, TEC or combination thereof in a subject.
A pharmaceutical acceptable composition of the present invention may be obtained by conventional procedures using conventional pharmaceutical excipients, well known in the art. It may typically comprise pharmaceutically acceptable additives, carriers or excipients. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may be formulated in accordance with conventional methods, and may be prepared in the form of oral formulations such as tablets, pills, powders, capsules, syrups, emulsions, microemulsions and others, or parenteral formulations such as intramuscular, intravenous or subcutaneous administrations.
For oral formulations, carriers or additives such as cellulose, calcium silicate, corn starch, lactose, sucrose, dextrose, calcium phosphate, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, gelatin, talc, surfactants, suspending agents, emulsifiers, diluents, and others may be used. Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. The liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents and can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
For Injectable formulations, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For, this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is for use in prevention or treatment of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, graft-versus-host disease, thromboembolic diseases, neurological disorders, viral infections, bone-related diseases or combinations thereof.
In an embodiment of the present invention a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof suitable for use in therapy, wherein a subject is suffering of a disease, disorder or condition in which one or more protein kinase family member activity is implicated. In an embodiment, the protein kinase is selected from ITK, RLK, TEC or combination thereof.
In an embodiment of the present invention a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, is for use in the treatment or prevention of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, neurological disorders, or viral infection in combination therapy.
In an embodiment of the present invention a compound of Formulator a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, is for use in therapy, further comprising at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment or prevention of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, neurological disorders or viral infection in combination therapy. The additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is selected from the group consisting of: steroids, leukotriene antagonists, anti-histamines, anti-cancer, anti-viral, anti-biotic agents, protein kinase inhibitors, immune modulators, checkpoint inhibitors and a combination thereof, and wherein additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is administered together with the compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prod rug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, as a single dosage form, or separately as part of a multiple dosage form.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to a compound of the invention as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined herein, for use in therapy or prevention of protein kinase mediated disease.
Compounds of the present invention, in any aspect or embodiment may be used in the treatment or prevention of cancer, autoimmune diseases selected from:
rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, psoriasis vulgaris, pemphigus vulgaris, bullous pemphigoid, Sjogren's syndrome, systemic lupus erythromatosus, discoid SLE, lupus nephritis, antiphospholipidosis, whipple, dermatomyositis, polymyositis, autoimmune thrombocytopenia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia purpura, thrombotic thrombocytopenia purpura, autoimmune (cold) agglutinin disease, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, cryoglobulinemia, autoimmune vasculitis, ANCA-associated vasculitis, scleroderma, systemic sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, chronic focal encephalitis, Guillian-Barre syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, mononucleosis, neuromyelitis optica, autoimmune uveitis, Grave' s disease, thyroid associated opthalmopathy, granulomatosis with microscopic polyangitis, Wegeners granulomatosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, sarcoidosis, idiopathic membranous nephropathy, IgA nephropathy, glomerulos clerosis , pancreatitis , type I
diabetes or type ll diabetes, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, neurological disorders or viral infection in combination therapy,.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to a compound of the invention as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined herein, for use in the treatment of subjects suffering from a protein kinase mediated diseases or conditions. In an embodiment, the protein kinase is selected from ITK, RLK, TEC or combinations thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a use of the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as an inhibitor of protein kinase an embodiment, the protein kinase is selected from ITK, RLK, TEC or combinations thereof.
In an embodiment the use is ex vivo, for example in vitro, such as an in vitro assay.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to the use of a compound of the invention as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in subjects for the treatment or prevention of protein kinase mediated diseases or conditions, for the treatment of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, graft-versus-host disease, thromboembolic diseases, neurological disorders, viral infections, bone-related diseases or combinations thereof. In an embodiment, the protein kinase is selected from ITK, RLK, TEC or combinations thereof.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to a method of treating or prevention of a disease or condition associated with protein kinase activity, said method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined herein. In an embodiment, the protein kinase is selected from ITK, RLK, TEC or combinations thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined herein, for use in the treatment of or prevention of diseases that involve ITK, RLK and\or other TEC
kinases, i.e. diseases that involve B cells, T-cells and/or mast cells, for example, cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, graft-versus-host disease, thromboembolic diseases, bone-related diseases and the like.
A further aspect of the present invention provides the use of a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases that involve ITK, RLK
and\or other TEC
kinases, i.e. diseases that involve B cells, T-cells and mast cells, for example, cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, graft-versus-host disease, thromboembolic diseases, bone-related diseases and the like.
In another aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating or preventing a disease or condition, said method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined herein. In a particular embodiment, the disease or conditions include allergic diseases, autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, thromboembolic diseases, bone-related diseases, cancer, graft-versus-host disease, and the like.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of modulating kinase function, the method comprising contacting a cell with a compound of the present invention in an amount sufficient to modulate the enzymatic activity of ITK, RLK and\or other TEC kinases, thereby modulating the kinase function. The method may be ex vivo, for example in vitro.
= Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting cell proliferation or survival in vitro or in viva, said method comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment the present invention provides a method of producing a protein kinase inhibitory effect in a cell or tissue, said method comprising contacting the cell or tissue with an effective amount of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In other embodiment, the present invention provides a method of producing a protein kinase inhibitory effect in vivo, said method comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of modulating the target kinase function, comprising:
a) contacting a cell or a protein kinase with a compound of the present invention in an amount sufficient of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof to modulate the target kinase function, thereby;
b) modulating the target kinase activity and signaling.
In yet another aspect, provided herein are methods of treating a disease treatable by inhibition of protein kinase in a patient which comprises administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound Formula I disclosed herein and or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a therapeutically effective amount and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In one embodiment of this aspect the patient suffers from a disease or disorder that can be treated by kinase inhibition. The compound disclosed herein of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can inhibit one or more kinases members of the TEC family of non-receptor protein kinases, including but not limited to ITK, RLK, TEC or combinations thereof .
In another aspect the present invention provides a pharmaceutical combination comprising a compound of the present invention and at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment or prevention of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases or viral infection in combination therapy.
In one embodiment the present invention provides a method of treatment wherein further =
comprising administering of a therapeutically effective amount of at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, neurological disorders or viral infection in combination therapy. The additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is administered together with the compounds of Formula I as a single dosage form or separately as part of a multiple dosage form. The additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is selected from the group comprising: steroids, leukotriene antagonists, anti-histamines, anti-cancer, anti-viral, anti-biotic agents, protein kinase inhibitors or combinations thereof.
The administration of a compound of the present invention may be by any appropriate means known in the field, including systemic and localized administration.
Prior to administration, the compounds may be formulated as compositions suitable for pharmaceutical or clinical use. Such compositions may comprise appropriate carriers or excipients, such as those for topical, inhalation, or systemic administration. The compound of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable active for the treatment or prevention of a protein kinase mediated condition.
The compounds object of the present invention may be administered to a mammal 1 to 4 times a day. A dosage may be between 0.01-100 mg/kg body weight/day of the compound object of the present invention may be administered to a patient receiving these compositions. The dose can vary within wide limits and is to be suited to the individual conditions in each individual case. For the above uses the appropriate dosage will vary depending on the mode of administration, the particular condition to be treated and the effect desired. Preferably a dose of 1 to 50 mg/kg body weight/day may be used.
In an embodiment of the present invention suitable dosage rates for a subject, for example humans, are of the order of from about 10 mg to 3 g/day, administered orally once, or divided doses, such as 2 to 4 times a day, or in sustained release form. For topical delivery, depending on the permeability of the skin, the type and the severity of the disease and dependent on the type of formulation and frequency of application, different concentrations of active compounds within the medicament can be sufficient to elicit a therapeutic effect by topical application.. Preferably, the concentration of an active compound pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, solvates of salts, stereoisomers, tautonners, isotopes, prodrugs, complexes or biologically active metabolites thereof, within a medicament according to the present invention is in the range of between 1 pmol/L and 100 mmol/L.
In further aspect of the present invention, the compound of Formula I or Formula ll or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, solvates of salts, stereoisomers, tautomers, isotopes, prodrugs, complexes, or biologically active metabolites thereof, act as inhibitors of cell kinases as anti-inflammatory, anti-cancer, anti-viral and as antithrombotic agents.
The compounds and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention may be administered in combination with one or more other drugs in the treatment of diseases or conditions for which compounds of the present disclosure or the other drugs may have utility, where the combination of the drugs together are safer or more effective than either drug alone. Such other drug(s) may be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefore, contemporaneously or sequentially with a compound of the present disclosure. When a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form containing such other drugs and the compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure is preferred.
However, the combination therapy may also include therapies in which the compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure and one or more other drugs are administered on different overlapping schedules. It is also contemplated that when used in combination with one or more other active ingredients, the compounds and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present disclosure and the other active ingredients may be used in lower doses than when each is used singly.
Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure also include those that contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure.
The above combinations include combinations of a compound of the present disclosure not only with one other active compound, but also with two or more other active compounds. Likewise, compounds and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present disclosure may be used in combination with other drugs that are used in the prevention, treatment, control, amelioration, or reduction of risk of the diseases or conditions for which compounds of the present disclosure are useful. Such other drugs may be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefore by those skilled in the art, contemporaneously or sequentially with a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure. When a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a pharmaceutical composition containing such other drugs in addition to the compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure is preferred. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure also include those that also contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure.
The weight ratio of the compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure to the second active ingredient may be varied and will depend upon the effective dose of each ingredient. Generally, an effective dose of each will be used.
The present invention further provides a method of synthesizing a compound of the present invention as defined herein.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a probe, the probe comprising a compound of the present invention labeled with a detectable label or an affinity tag. In other words, the probe' comprises a residue of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, covalently conjugated to a detectable label. Such detectable labels include, but are not limited to, a fluorescent moiety, a chemiluminescent moiety, a paramagnetic contrast agent, a metal chelate, a radioactive isotope-containing moiety and biotin.
Specific abbreviations used AIDS Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome ATP Adenosine Triphosphate Blk B lymphocyte kinase BMX Bone marrow-expressed kinase Btk Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase DMSO Dimethyl sulfoxide EDTA Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid FCS Fetal Calf serum HIV Human immunodeficiency virus Jak3 Janus Kinase 3 ltk Interleukin-2 inducible T-cell kinase NK/T-cell Natural killer T-cell PBMC Peripheral blood mononuclear cells PBS Phosphate buffered saline RPM! Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium RLK / Txk Resting lymphocyte kinase TEC Tyrosine kinase expressed in carcinoma Tec-family kinase The family of Tec-protein-tyrosine kinases (Tec, Itk, Rik, Bmx, Btk) MS mass spectrometry ml milliliter microliter mmol millimole THF tetrahydrofuran DMF dimethylformamide Me0H methanol Et0H ethanol THFtetrahydrofuran =
DCM dichloromethane NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone Et0Ac Ethyl acetate AcOH acetic acid K2003 Potassium carbonate TEA triethylamine DIPEA diisopropylethylamine NaHCO3 sodium bicarbonate NaOH sodium hydroxide LiOH Lithium hydroxide NaBH(OAc)3 sodium triacetoxyborohydride CbzCI benzyl chloroformate s-Phos 2-Dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-dimethoxybiphenyl Mg504 magnesium sulfate Zn Zinc dust Cul Copper (I) iodide Cu2O Copper (I) oxide Cs2CO3 Cesium carbonate CsF Cesium fluoride BrCN cyanogen bromide HBr hydrogen bromide HCI Hydrogen chloride HATU (1-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate) PG Protecting Group LG Leaving Group LDA Lithium diisopropylamide General Synthetic Methods In the description of the synthetic methods described below and in the referenced synthetic methods that are used to prepare the starting materials, it is to be understood that all proposed reaction conditions, including choice of solvent, reaction atmosphere, reaction temperature, duration of the experiment and workup procedures, can be selected by a person skilled in the art.
The following section describes general synthetic method(s) which may be useful in the preparation of compounds of the instant invention.
Compounds of Formula I
R
NH
R"
LE
Formula I
where L-E is selected from aVVV
n n' =
R' is selected from ¨CH2-NH-Y and R" is hydrogen, are prepared as described below:
Intermediate A3 is obtained by reacting commercially available intermediate Al with an amine of formula A2 where n and n' are as defined herein and PG' is a suitable protecting group. Reductive amination of intermediate A3 with an amine of formula YNH2 where Y is as defined therein provides intermediate A4. Protection of the alkyl amino group with a suitable protective group PG2 provides intermediate A5. Reduction of the nitro group provides intermediate A6 which is then cyclised to the corresponding aminobenzimidazole intermediate A7. Coupling of intermediate A7 with an acid of formula RCO2H
under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula RC(0)LG
where R is as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides intermediate A8. Removal of PG' protecting group provides intermediate A9. Compounds of Formula I are then obtained Ra HORb =
from intermediate A9 by first coupling intermediate 9 with an acid of formula 0 Rc Ra LGI(HRb under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula 0 Rc where Ra, Rb and Rc are as defined above and LG is a leaving group followed by removal of PG2 protective group.
0, so NO2 0, 0 NO2 Y,N = NO2 NH NH
Al iilln. A2 A3 A4 N . n( rj N n l'Gl RGi PG' Y,N si NO2 Y,N s NH NH
nr,j fl' rI(j In' G1 1=Gi o Y,N Y,N )-12 A6 i;G2 SI Nj N
P
N N
d 'ci 11. N n N
PGI .PG' ,N # N
--A8 _______________________________ Y 0 NNH R ,G2 ¨NH
N N
µ)49111' 251'91v1' n N n N
H
' Ra 0 0 ----PRc i\l Rb Al 0 ___________________________ ' P 5 ¨NI-TR
N
22,7f Formula I , - 'l Ra 0 . --PRc Rb Scheme A
In an alternative method, compounds of Formula I
\> ______________________________________ NH
RLE
Formula I
where L-E is selected from JUIN
R' is selected from ¨CH2-NH-Y and R" is hydrogen, are prepared as described below:
Reduction of intermediate A3 provides intermediate 131. Protection of the alcohol group with a suitable protective group PG3 provides intermediate B2. Reduction of the nitro group provides intermediate B3 which is then cyclized to the corresponding aminobenzimidazole intermediate B4. Coupling of intermediate B4 with an acid of formula RCO2H
under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula RC(0)LG
where R is as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides intermediate B5. Removal of PG1 and PG3 protecting groups provides intermediate B6. Coupling of intermediate B6 with an acid Ra Rb of formula 0 Rc under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of Ra LG1r.,,Rb formula 0 Rc where Ra, Rb and Rc are as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides intermediate B7 which is oxidized to provide intermediate B8.
Reductive amination of intermediate B8 with an amine of formula Y-NH2 where Y is as defined above provides compounds of Formula I.
= 39 *NO2 ilo NO2 HO
NH NH
N n()n' N
S
0 ''() B1 ____________________ .
NH
NH
ri(/n' N
N
PG3 PG,3 0 1:)0 N\)¨ N H2 __________________________________________ o * N
¨I'R
N N
-O N o N
'PG1 µPG1 B5 110 . HO N _____ R
¨NH ... HO 1101 1\j¨N1-'rR
N N
0 Ori 2Li49)1i ON ON
H
Ra IRC
Rb tel N R
B7 . CI" --NH . Y'N 0 Nis, YR
N 2¨NH
N
'il.'9)Ii Ra 0 Formula I 11 N
Ra 0 ¨PRc Rb R
Rb c Scheme B
=
Compounds of Formula I
R"\
NH
R' E
Formula I
where L-E is selected fror'n R' is selected from ¨CH2-NH-Y and R" is hydrogen, are prepared in a similar manner by is NO2 is NO2 0, replacing F with F
Compounds of Formula I
_N
NH
R"
= Formula I
where L-E is selected from JVIN
n()n' R' is selected from ¨NR1C(0)Y and R" is hydrogen, are prepared as described below:
Protection of commercially available intermediate Cl with a suitable protective group provides intermediate C2. Alkylation of intermediate C2 with an intermediate of formula RILG where R1 is as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides intermediate C3.
Intermediate C4 is obtained by reacting intermediates C3 with an amine of formula A2 where n and n' are as defined above and PG1 is a suitable protecting group.
Reduction of the nitro group provides intermediate C5 which is then cyclized to the corresponding aminobenzimidazole intermediate C6. Coupling of intermediate C6 with an acid of formula RCO2H under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula RC(0)LG
where R is as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides intermediate 07. Removal of PG1 protecting group provides intermediate C8. Intermediate C9 is obtained by coupling Ra HOIrr Rb intermediate C8 with an kid of formula 0 Rc under standard coupling conditions Ra Rb or with an activated acid of formula 0 Rc where R8, Rb and RC are as defined above and LG is a leaving group. Removal of PG4 protecting group provides intermediate 010. Coupling of intermediate 010 with an acid of formula YCO2H under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula YC(0)LG where Y is as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides compounds of Formula I.
H
H2N * NO2 . PG
M11 ip NO2 Rl.N * NO2 F F F
Cl 02 C3 N NO2 .N NH2 R1' 0 R I $
=
n( )N( )fle A2 C4 NH
n()n' n()n' PG1 'i. N
= PG1 PG4 PG4 O\
N
R1.1 40 N\7¨\ NH2 IR1' --->\----R
. ____________________________________________________ . /NH
N N
t \ I= :e'VI-A' n N n N
. 'PG1 PG1 O\ O\
, N N y¨R N N X¨R
R== 110 R1. 40 \\
C7 _________________________ - )¨NH .
i¨NH
N N
1 , 11 N 0. N
H
Ra ¨P0 Rb Rc PG4 O\ R1 NY N
.1. la N,\ )¨R I,- to N ---FR
C9 R j¨NH
\>---NH
N = 0 N
C10, Ill ) N 11 Formula I ) \ f n N
Ra 0 Rc Ra --PRc Rb Rb Scheme C
In an alternative method, compounds of Formula I
R
` ______________________________________ NH
N
R"
LE
Formula I
where L-E is selected from n()n' R' is selected from ¨NR1C(0)Y and R" is hydrogen, are prepared as described below:
Intermediate D2 is obtained in a 2 steps sequence, from intermediate C7, by first removing PG4 protective group to provide intermediate D1, followed by reacting intermediate D1 with an acid of formula YCO2H under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula YC(0)LG, where Y is as defined above and LG is a leaving group, to provide intermediate D2. Removal of PG1 protecting group provides intermediate D3.
Compounds of Formula I are then obtained from intermediate D3 by coupling intermediate Ra HOIrrRb D3 with an acid of formula 0 Rc under standard coupling conditions or with an Ra Ly),. Rb activated add of formula 0 Rc where Ra, Rb and Rc are as defined above and LG
is a leaving group.
RV N, R ________ RI " " N
=8= --NH
'91O 11 N k N n N
RI
D2 Yrri N
0 Ni\>¨NH
D3 Formula I 1 =
k n 2:24) N
N
Rap Rc = Rb Scheme D
Compounds of Formula I
R"
Formula I
where L-E is selected from .01/11, () n n' R' is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -0Me and R" is hydrogen, are prepared as described below:
Intermediate E2 is obtained by reacting commercially available intermediate El with an amine of formula A2 where n and n' are as defined therein and PG1 is a suitable protecting group. Reduction of the nitro group provides Intermediate E3 which is then cyclised to the corresponding aminobenzimidazole Intermediate E4. Coupling of Intermediate E4 with an acid of formula RCO2H under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula RC(0)LG where R is as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides Intermediate E5. Removal of PG' protecting group provides Intermediate E6.
Compounds of Formula I are then obtained from Intermediate E6 by coupling intermediate E6 with an Ra HO,IrlyRb acid of formula 0 Rc under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid Ra LGyI),Rb of formula 0 Rc where Ra, Rb and Rc are as defined above and LG is a leaving group.
2 rr."...õ-- 2 ___________________________________________________ , R'F R' , R' El n( E2 E3 )N( )n' A2 (1 N N
(r-----N
E3 _______________ ,... R'¨T, ¨NH2 ______ . IT 0 N¨NH R
E4 ) )11, E5 0 N b N
'PG1 PG1 N
K --R
E5 ________________ , R", ----NH ______ . , ¨NH
----N 2 R¨
--N
. E6 L ) )1.
11 N Formula I n' N
H
Ra 0 ¨PRc Rb Scheme E
Synthesis of Intermediates 1-c and 1-c':
si NO2 40 DIPEA NO2 1000 NO2 1-a 1-b 1-c 1-e NJ
Boc/ Boci Boci Scheme 1 Step 1: Intermediates 1-c and 1-c' To a solution of 4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzaldehyde 1-a (1.0 g, 6.2 mmol) and DIPEA
(3.2 ml, 18.7 mmol) in acetonitrile was added a solution of Intermediate 1-b (1.5 g, 6.5 mmol) in acetonitrile. After the addition was completed, the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided intermediates isomers 1-c as a yellow solid and 1-c' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 2-d:
1-c _____________________ NaBH(OAc)3 "N NO2 NaHCO3 ______________________________________________________________ >rr'i NH CbzCI Cbz NH
>r NH2 2-a ,õ 2-b NJ
Boci Bocl Zn >1;1 BrCN ____ XN
Cbz Cbz 5 '> __ NH2 NH
2-c 2-d Ni N
=
Boc/ Boc Scheme 2 Step 1: Intermediate 2-a To a solution of Intermediate 1-c (400 mg, 1.0 mmol) and (S)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-amine (119 mg, 1.2 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (339 mg, 1.6 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and dichloromethane were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 2-a as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 2-b To a solution of Intermediate 2-a (490 mg, 1.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (9.0 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (9.0 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (170 pl, 1.2 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 2-b as a yellow solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 2-c To a solution of Intermediate 2-b (600 mg, 1.0 mmol) in Me0H (9.7 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.6 g) and zinc dust (330 mg, 5.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature and then filtered over celite.
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 2-c as a beige solid.
Step 4: Intermediate 2-d To a solution of Intermediate 2-c (570 mg, 1.0 mmol) in Et0H (10 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (107 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 2-d as a purple solid.
= Synthesis of Intermediate 3-d:
NO2 NaHCO3 NaBH(OAc)3 NO >r,N NO
1-c' ________________________ 6bz NH CbzCI NH
3-a 3-b Sod' Boc' Zn _____________________________ >r-i Cbz=
BrCN
nbz NH
3-c 3-d Bac" Boc Scheme 3 Step 1: Intermediate 3-a To a solution of Intermediate 1-c' (680 mg, 1.8 mmol) and (S)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-amine (202 mg, 1.9 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (580 mg, 2.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and dichloromethane were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 3-a as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 3-b To a solution of Intermediate 3-a (834 mg, 1.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (9.0 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (9.0 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (638 pl, 4.5 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 3-b as a yellow solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 3-c To a solution of Intermediate 3-b (700 mg, 1.2 mmol) in Me0H (9.7 ml) was added ammonium chloride (1.8 g, 36.0 mmol) and zinc dust (385 mg, 5.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature and then filtered over celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 3-c as a beige solid.
Step 4: Intermediate 3-d To a solution of Intermediate 3-c (650 mg, 1.2 mmol) in Et0H (24 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (146 mg, 1.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 3-d as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 4-c:
DIPEA, HATU /N 40 N HCI = N
2-d NH SM.---F
lbz 0 6bz =\j q F
HO
4-b 4-c 4-a BOC
Scheme 4 Step 1: Intermediate 4-b To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (42 mg, 0.23 mmol) in DMF (3.5 ml) was added HATU (105 mg, 0.28 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 2-d (125 mg, 0.21 mmol) and DIPEA (111 pl, 0.64 mmol) in DMF
was added. The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature.
A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 4-b as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 4-c To a solution of Intermediate 4-b (110 mg, 0.15 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml) was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 4-c HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 3:
N ______________________________________________________ N Y-C1-4-c ___ TEA
0 r\61bz 'NFHBr r- __ >cm ,NH F
5-a Compound Scheme 5 Step 1: Intermediate 5-a To a solution of Intermediate 4-c.HCI (91 mg, 0.14 mmol) in THF (2 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (122 pl, 0.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (14 pL, 0.17 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 30 minutes at 0 C. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 5-a as beige solid.
Step 2: Compound 3 To a solution of Intermediate 5-a (99 mg, 0.14 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in AcOH (1.0 ml) and the solution was then stirred until completion at 0 C. Diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Compound 3 as a white solid.
Compounds 5 and 11 were prepared starting from Intermediate 2-d, in a similar manner HO2c s to Compound 3, by replacing F for the synthesis of Intermediate 4-b with HO2C s N
N
HO2C---CNs 0-21 and respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 6-b:
N>
3-d DIPEA, HATU =N _______________ HCI
0 Cbz ¨NH
Cbz Ni\)--NH
F
HO
/ 6-a 6-b '2?.7 4-a Sod Scheme 6 Step 1: Intermediate 6-a To a solution of Intermediate 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (58 mg, 0.33 mmol) in DMF (3.5 ml) was added HATU (147 mg, 0.9 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 3-d (175 mg, 0.3 mmol) and DIPEA (155 iii, 0.9 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 6-a as a beige solid Step 2: Intermediate 6-b To a solution of Intermediate 6-a (170 mg, 0.23 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 6-b HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 2:
N HBr 6-b _______________ bz S"¨Nr-F ______________________________ >21 40 )¨NH STh.-F
7-a <
Compound 2 fo (40 Scheme 7 Step 1: Intermediate 7-a To a solution of Intermediate 6-b=HCI (155 mg, 0.24 mmol) in THF (2 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (122 pl, 0.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (24 pL, 0.30 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 30 minutes at 0 C. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 7-a as a beige solid Step 2: Compound 2 To a solution of Intermediate 7-a (135 mg, 0.19 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in AcOH (2.0 ml) and the solution was then stirred until completion at 0 C. Diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 2 as a white solid.
Compounds 4, 6, 7, 8, 13, 14, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 32, 33, 38 and 39 were prepared starting from intermediate 3-d, in a similar manner to Compound 2, by replacing HO2C s HO2C s 7 N
F for the synthesis of intermediate 6-a with Oji HO2C_.,- HO2C---s)- HO2C ---( ..._Ã- HO2C s õ)) HO2C
N-N
0 --- I , HO2C 41 ON HO2C 1\1 - \\N HOC N
2-(/ , -/ - HOC ON
/ .
\\N
HO2C- N HO2C s HO2C- )¨ HO2C-(/
)--\ OMe -/ -N , 0 0-, HO2C / \ /HOC . , 'NI
, 1\1 and respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediates 8-b and 8-b':
C) SI 0 le ______ 0 401 . +
=
1-a 8-a 8-b 8-b' Boc-N
Boc,N
Boc'N
Scheme 8 Step 1: Intermediates 8-b and 8-b' To a solution of 4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzaldehyde 1-a (211 mg, 1.3 mmol) and DIPEA
(2.5 ml, 14.4 mmol) in acetonitrile was added a solution of Intermediate 8-a (300 mg, 1.3 mmol) in acetonitrile. After the addition was completed, the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexanes gradient provided Intermediates isomer 8-b as a yellow solid and 8-b' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 9-d:
NaBH(OAc)3 410 NaHCO3 XN
8-b ________________ . H
NH CbzCI 6bz NH
>NH2 9-a 9-b Boo N
Boc,N
Zn ________________ >1;1 NH2 BrCN _____________________________________________________ XN
Cbz Cbz NH2 NH
9-c 9-d BoorN
Boo' Scheme 9 Step 1: Intermediate 9-a To a solution of Intermediate 8-b (900 mg, 2.3 mmol) and (S)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-amine (380 mg, 2.8 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (735 mg, 3.5 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. A
saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and dichloromethane were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 9-a as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 9-b To a solution of Intermediate 9-a (1.1 g, 2.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (9.0 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (9.0 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (364 pl, 2.5 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 9-b as a yellow solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 9-c To a solution of Intermediate 9-b (610 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added ammonium chloride (1.6 g, 30.0 mmol) and zinc dust (328 mg, 5.0 mmol). The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature and then filtered over celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 9-c as a beige solid.
Step 4: Intermediate 9-d To a solution of Intermediate 9-c (475 mg, 0.8 mmol) in Et0H (10.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (109 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted =
twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over M9S0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 9-d as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 10-d:
io 8-b' NaBH(OAc)3 N NO2 NaHCO3 N opi NO2 NH CbzCI Cbz NH
>NH2
E is selected from the grOup:
Ra csss Rb 0 Rc wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -ON, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclic ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above;
provided L-E is ~LA./
n n.
;
R' and R" are independently selected from ¨X-Y wherein X is selected from alkylene, -(alkylene)-NR1-, -(alkylene)-NR2-, -(alkylene)-0-, -0-, -S-, -S(0),-, -NR1-, -NR2-, -C(0)-, -C(0)0-, -C(0)NR1-, -C(0)0NR1-, or -S(0)mNR1- ;
R1 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
R2 is selected from ¨C(0)R3, -C(0)0R3 or-S(0)mR3;
R3 is selected from lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
m is an integer from 1 to 2; or X is a bond and;
Y is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl; or R' and R" taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring, or a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring.
An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -CN, halogen, and Ci to C3 substituted or unsubstituted alkyls.
An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where E is An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where L-E is selected from JUL, =
E , E E EN5 Or An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where L-E is selected from USN, JINIf aVV1/
N, E' , or An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where L-E is selected from E
JVVV
A
An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where L-E is selected from 0 An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where R is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where R is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where R' is selected from ¨CH2-NH-Y
wherein Y is as defined above and R" is hydrogen.
An embodiment includes compounds of Formula I, where R' is selected from ¨CH2-Y
wherein Y is as defined above and R" is hydrogen.
An embodiment includes compounds of formula I where X-Y is selected from ¨NR2C(0)-Y wherein R2 and Y are as defined above and R" is hydrogen.
An embodiment includes compounds of formula I, where R' and R" are both hydrogen.
An embodiment includes compounds of formula I, where R' is halogen and R" is hydrogen.
Compounds of Formula I can exist as tautomers. For example, compounds of Formula I
can exist in the following tautomeric form:
,¨R
R R'¨ >=N
R" R"
E
wherein R, R', R", L and E are as defined herein.
The compounds of the present invention may have activity as inhibitors of protein kinases including tyrosine protein kinases. Most particularly, compounds of the present invention may inhibit ltk enzyme and Itk-dependent cellular functions.
=
In an embodiment of the present invention compounds of Formula I may be formulated into a pharmaceutical composition which comprises an effective amount of a compound of the present invention with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
According to the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in association with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent or carrier.
=
The pharmaceutical compositions may be in a conventional pharmaceutical form suitable for oral administration (e.g., tablets, capsules, granules, powders and syrups), parenteral administration (e.g., injections (intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous)), drop infusion preparations, inhalation, eye lotion, topical administration (e.g., ointment), or suppositories. Regardless of the route of administration selected, the compounds may be formulated into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art.
The term "compound" refers also to its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
The term "pharmaceutically effective amount" refers to any amount of the composition for the prevention and treatment of humans that is effective in preventing or treating a disease or condition associated with protein kinase activity.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those ligands, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition, or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material. Each carrier must be acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation, including the active ingredient, and not injurious or harmful to the patient.
Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include:
(1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose, and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch, potato starch, and substituted or unsubstituted 6-cyclodextrin; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol;
(11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline;
(18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) phosphate buffer solutions;
and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations. For oral formulations, "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" such as cellulose, calcium silicate, corn starch, lactose, sucrose, dextrose, calcium phosphate, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, gelatin, talc, surfactants, suspending agents, emulsifiers, diluents, and others may be used. For injectable formulations, "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" such as water, saline, glucose solution, glucose solution analogs, alcohols, glycols, ethers (e.g., polyethylene glycol 400), oils, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, glycerides, surfactants, suspending agents, emulsifiers, and others may be used.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of the compound(s). These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compound(s), or by separately reacting a purified compound(s) in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed. Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naphthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, laurylsulphonate salts, and amino acid salts, and the like (See, for example, Berge et al.
(1977) "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pharm. Sci. 66: 1-19).
In other cases, the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances refers to the relatively non-toxic inorganic and organic base addition salts of a compound(s). These salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compound(s), or by separately reacting the purified compound(s) in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum =
salts, and the like. Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., supra).
The term "spirocycle", as used herein, refers to bicyclic rings system connected through just one atom. The rings can be different or identical. The connecting atom, also called spiroatom, is preferably a quaternary carbon. Spirocycle may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein.
The term "alkyl", as used herein, refers to a saturated hydrocarbon chain.
Alkyl chains may be straight or branched. Alkyl chains may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein. Representative alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, (n-propyl and isopropyl) butyl (n-butyl, t-butyl and isobutyl), pentyl (n-pentyl and isopentyl), hexyl and the like. In certain preferred embodiments, alkyl substituents are lower alkyl groups, e.g., having from Ito 6 carbon atoms.
The term "alkenyl", as used herein, refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbon chain analogous in length and possible substitution to the "alkyl" described above, but that contain at least one double bond. Representative alkenyl groups include vinyl, propen-2-yl, crotyl, isopenten-2-yl, 1,3-butadien-2-yl, 2,4-pentadienyl, and 1,4-pentadien-3-yl. In certain preferred embodiments, alkenyl substituents are lower alkenyl groups, e.g., having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
The term "alkynyl", as used herein, refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbon chain analogous in length and possible substitution to the "alkyl" described above, but that contain at least one triple bond. Representative alkynyl groups include ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, and 3-butynyl. In certain preferred embodiments, alkynyl substituents are lower alkyl groups, e.g., having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
The term, "alkylene", as used herein, refers to an alkyl group with two open valencies.
The term "heteroalkyl", as used herein, refers to a saturated or partially saturated chain containing one to four heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of 0, N
and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen atom may optionally be quaternized. Heteroalkyl chains may be straight or branched.
Heteroalkyl chains may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein. The heteroatom(s) 0, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive.
The term "cycloalkyl", as used herein, alternatively "carbocycle" and "carbocycly1" refers to a saturated or partially saturated non-aromatic ring, more preferably 3- to 8-membered ring, in which each atom of the ring is carbon or; refers to a spirocycle where each ring is a saturated or partially saturated hydrocarbon ring and the spiro atom is carbon. Cycloalkyl rings may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein. The term "cycloalkyl", "carbocycle" or "carbocycly1" also include polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is cycloalkyl, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls. Representative cycloalkyl rings include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexen-1-yl, cycloheptyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, adamantly and combinations thereof. In certain preferred embodiments, cycloalkyl substituents are lower cycloalkyl, e.g., refer to 3- to 8-membered ring.
The term "heterocycly1" alternatively "heterocyclic", as used herein, refers to non-aromatic ring structures, more preferably 3- to 8-membered rings, whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms or; refers to a spirocycle where the bicyclic rings system contains 1 to 4 heteroatoms. Heterocyclyl rings may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein. The term "heterocycly1" or "heterocyclic" also include polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is heterocyclic, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, aryls and/or heteroaryls. Heterocyclyl groups include, for example, tetrahydrofuran, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, morpholine, lactones, lactams and combinations thereof.
The term "aryl", as used herein, refers to 5-, 6-, and 7-membered aromatic rings in which each atom of the ring is carbon. Aryl rings may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein. The term "aryl" also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is aryl, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls. Aryl groups include, for example, benzene, naphthalene, phenanthrene, anthracene and combinations thereof.
The term "heteroaryl" or Het, as used herein, refers to 5-, 6-, and 7-membered aromatic rings whose ring structures include one to four heteroatoms. Heteroaryl rings may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein. The term "heteroaryl" also includes polycyclic ring systems having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings wherein at least one of the rings is heteroaryl, e.g., the other cyclic rings can be cycloalkyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls.
Heteroaryl groups include, for example, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, isoxazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, and combinations thereof.
The terms "polycycly1" alternatively "polycyclic", as used herein, refer to two or more rings (e.g., cycloalkyls, aryls, heteroaryls, and/or heterocyclyls) in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings, e.g., the rings are "fused rings".
Polycyclyl rings may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents as defined herein.
The term "aralkyl", as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group, for example ¨(CH2)p-Ar and p is an integer from 1 to 8.
The term "heteroaralkyl", as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with a heteroaryl group, for example ¨(CH2)p-Het and p is an integer from 1 to 8.
The term "alkoxy", as used herein, refers to an alkyl ether substituent, wherein the term alkyl is as defined therein. Representative alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tert-butoxy and combinations thereof.
The term "ether", as used herein, refers to an oxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon atoms.
The term "alkoxyalkyl", as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group, thereby forming ether.
=
The term "halo" or "halogen", as used herein, refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
The term "heteroatom", as used herein, refers to an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
The term "hydrocarbon", as used herein, refers to a group consisting entirely of carbon and hydrogen.
The term, "haloalkyl", as used herein, refers to an alkyl substituent wherein one or more hydrogens are replaced by a halogen.
The term "carbonyl", as used herein, when alone includes formyl -CH(0) and in combination is a ¨0(0) group.
The term "carboxyl", alternatively "carboxy", as used herein, refers to ¨C(0)0H or the corresponding "carboxylate" anion, such as in a carboxylic acid salt.
The term "acyl", as used herein, refers to ¨C(0)R wherein R is alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl as defined therein.
Representative acyl groups include acetyl, trifluoroacethyl, benzoyl, and combinations thereof.
The term "alkoxycarbonyl", as used herein, refers to ¨C(0)OR wherein R is alkyl as defined therein. Representative alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, and combinations thereof.
The term "alkylthio", as used herein, refers to a thioether ¨SR wherein R is alkyl as defined therein. Representative alkylthio groups include methylthio, ethylthio and combinations thereof.
The term "sulfonate", as used herein, refers to a salt or ester of a sulfonic acid ¨0S02R
wherein R is alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl as defined therein. Representative sulfonate groups include mesylate, besylate, tosylate, and combinations thereof. =
The term "sulfonyl", as used herein, refers to ¨S02R wherein R is alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl as defined therein.
Representative sulfonate groups include methylsufonyl, ethylsulfonyl, and combinations thereof.
The term "sulfamoyl", as used herein, refers to ¨SO2NH2.
The term "sulfonamido", as used herein, refers to ¨S(0)2NRR' wherein R and R' are independently selected from alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl as defined above. R and R' may combine to form a heterocyclyl ring.
The term "amino", as used herein, refers to ¨NRR' wherein R and R' are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl as defined therein. R and R' may combine to form a heterocyclyl ring.
=
The term "amido" alternatively "amide", as used herein, refers to ¨C(0)NRR' wherein R
and R' are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl as defined therein. R and R' may combine to form an heterocyclyl ring.
The term "substituted" refers to moieties having substituents replacing hydrogen on one or more atoms of the backbone. It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. As used herein, the term "substituted" is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this invention, the heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms.
Substituents can include, for example, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, a haloalkyl, a heteroalkyl, a cycloalkyl, a heterocyclyl, an aryl, a heteroaryl, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a carbonyl , carboxyl, an alkoxycarbonyl, a formyl, or an acyl, a thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), an alkoxy, a phosphoryl, a phosphate, a phosphonate, a phosphinate, an amino, an amido, an amidine, an imine, a cyano, a nitro, an azido, a sulfhydryl, an alkylthio, a sulfate, a sulfonate, a sulfamoyl, a sulfonamido, a sulfonyl. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the substituents can themselves be substituted, if appropriate.
As used herein, the term "probe" means a compound of the invention which is labeled with either a detectable label or an affinity tag, and which is capable of binding, either covalently or non-covalently, to a protein kinase domain. When, for example, the probe is non-covalently bound, it may be displaced by a test compound. When, for example, the probe is bound covalently, it may be used to form cross-linked adducts, which may be quantified and inhibited by a test compound. As used herein, the term "affinity tag"
means a ligand or group, linked either to a compound of the present invention or to a protein kinase domain, that allows the conjugate to be extracted from a solution.
The term "prodrug" denotes a compound that is a drug precursor which, upon administration to a subject, is converted within the body into a compound of Formula I.
Prodrugs of compounds of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof are within the scope of this disclosure.
The term "subject" or "patient" means a human or an animal subject for prevention or treatment.
In an embodiment the use is ex vivo, for example in vitro, such as an in vitro assay.
Compounds of the invention also include all isotopes of atoms present in the intermediates and/or final compounds. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. For example, isotopes of hydrogen include deuterium and tritium.
Therapeutic Uses and Applications The compounds of the present invention may have potential utility as inhibitors of protein kinase activity and are suitable for use in therapy.
An aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting protein kinase activity in a cell, the method consisting of administering to said cell compound of Formula I as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting protein kinase in vitro or in vivo, said method consisting of contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, as defined herein.
A further aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting protein kinase activity in a human or animal subject for treatment or prevention of protein kinase mediated disease, the method consisting of administering to said subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula I as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
The term "protein kinase mediated disease" is used herein associated with abnormal or undesirable cellular responses triggered or maintained by protein kinase-mediated events. Furthermore, aberrant activation, mutation or excessive expressions of various protein kinases are implicated in the mechanism of multiple diseases and disorders.
These diseases include, but are not limited to cancer, autoimmune disease, inflammation, viral infection and neurological disease.
In one embodiment, the protein kinase inhibited by compounds of the present invention is Itk, RLK, or Tec singly or in combination.
The compounds of the present invention may be suitable for use in the treatment of or prevention of diseases that involve ltk, RLK or Tec, i.e. diseases that involve T cells and/or NK cells, for example, cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, viral infection and combinations thereof.
In one embodiment, a compound disclosed herein and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to a patient in need or recognized need thereof to prevent or treat an inflammatory disorder. In another embodiment, a compound disclosed herein and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to a patient in need or recognized need thereof to prevent or treat an inflammatory disorder characterized by excessive or undesired cytokine activity or production. In yet another embodiment, a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to a patient in need or recognized need thereof to prevent or treat lung inflammation, allergic asthma, pneumonia, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis or a combination thereof. In yet another embodiment a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to a patient in need of or recognized need thereof to prevent or treat uveitis or dry eye disease.
Examples of an autoimmune disease in the present invention include arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, Still's disease, juvenile arthritis, type I diabetes, inflammatory bowel disease, myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's thyroiditis, Basedow's disease, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, Guillain- Barre syndrome, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison disease, opsoclonus-myoclonus syndrome, ankylosing spondylitis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, celiac disease, Goodpasture's syndrome, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, optic neuritis, scleroderma, primary biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's disease, Takayasu arteritis, temporal arteritis, warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia, Wegener granuloma, alopecia universalis, Burchett disease, chronic fatigue syndrome, dysautonomia, endometriosis, interstitial cystitis, myotonia, vulvodynia, pemphigus, and combinations thereof.
Examples of an allergic disease in the present invention include allergy, anaphylaxis, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis and combinations thereof.
Examples of an inflammatory disease in the present invention include asthma, appendicitis, blepharitis, bronchiolitis, bronchitis, bursitis, cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis, endocarditis, endometritis, enteritis, epicondylitis, epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, inflammatory bowel disease, laryngitis, mastitis, meningitis, myelitis, myocarditis, myositis nephritis, oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, osteoarthritis, pancreatitis, parotitis, pericarditis, peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis, pneumonia, proctitis, prostatitis, pyelonephritis, rhinitis, salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis, synovitis, tendinitis, tonsillitis, uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis, vulvitis, and combinations thereof.
Examples of an infection include HIV/AIDS, influenza and combinations thereof.
Examples of cancer in the present invention include 1-cell lymphomas and 1-cell leukemias including peripheral 1-cell lymphoma, Seazry syndrome/cutaneous 1-cell lymphoma, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, and adult 1-cell leukemia/lymphoma.
Additional examples include NKfT-cell lymphoma, nasal type and aggressive NK-cell leukemia as well as melanoma and hepaptocellular carcinoma.
= In one embodiment, the compound of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex, or biologically active metabolite thereof, is acting by inhibiting one or more of the host cell kinases involved in cell proliferation, cell survival, viral replication, autoimmunity, an inflammatory disease or an infectious disease.
=
In further aspect of the present invention, the compound of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex, or biologically active metabolite thereof, is acting as inhibitor of cell kinases as anti-inflammatory, autoimmune modulators or anti-cancer agents.
In a further aspect of the present invention, the compound of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex, or biologically active metabolite thereof, is acting by inhibiting one or more of the host cell kinases involved in 1-cell function proliferation or polarization.
The compounds of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex, or biologically active metabolite thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of the present invention can be employed in combination therapies, the compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions may have potential utility in combination with other therapies for the treatment of cancer, viral infections, immune, inflammatory, neurological diseases, proliferative and allergic disorders. Example includes but not limited to co-administration with steroids, leukotriene antagonists, anti-histamines, anti-cancer, anti-viral, anti-biotic agents or other protein kinase inhibitors. The anti-cancer agent may be selected from the group consisting of: cell signal transduction inhibitors, mitosis inhibitors, alkylating agents, anti-metabolites, intercalating anticancer agents, topoisomerase inhibitors, immunotherapeutic agents, anti-hormonal agents, and a mixture thereof. The additional active pharmaceutical ingredient used in the combination is appropriate for the disease being treated and said additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is administered together with the compounds of Formula I as a single dosage form or separately as part of a multiple dosage form.
Another aspect of the present invention provides compounds of the present invention can be administered by any means suitable for the condition to be treated, which may depend on the need for site-specific treatment or quantity of drug to be delivered.
Topical administration is generally preferred for skin-related diseases, and systematic treatment preferred for cancerous or pre-cancerous conditions, although other modes of delivery are contemplated. For example, the compounds may be delivered orally, such as in the form of tablets, capsules, granules, powders, or liquid formulations including syrups; topically, such as in the form of Solutions, suspensions, gels, cream or ointments;
sublingually;
buccally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular or intrasternal injection or infusion techniques (e.g., as sterile injectable aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions); nasally such as by inhalation spray; rectally such as in the form of suppositories; or liposomally. Dosage unit formulations containing non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or diluents may be administered. The compounds may be administered in a form suitable for immediate release, extended release, delayed release or controlled release. Immediate release or extended release may be achieved with suitable pharmaceutical compositions or, particularly in the case of extended release, with devices such as subcutaneous implants or osmotic pumps. The compounds may be administered in a form suitable for targeted delivery in which the drug is only active in the target area of the body (for example, in cancerous tissues) and sustained release formulations in which the drug is released over a period of time in a controlled manner from a formulation.
The compounds of the present invention are indicated both in the therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of the above-mentioned conditions. For the above-mentioned therapeutic and/or prophylactic uses the dosage administered will vary with the compound employed, the subject, the mode of administration, the treatment desired and the disorder indicated. The daily dosage may be between about 0.01 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg and preferably from about 1 ring/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of the subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
The compounds of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex, or biologically active metabolite thereof may be suitable for use in the preparation of a medicament for inhibiting a protein kinase activity selected from ITK, RLK, TEC or combination thereof in a subject.
A pharmaceutical acceptable composition of the present invention may be obtained by conventional procedures using conventional pharmaceutical excipients, well known in the art. It may typically comprise pharmaceutically acceptable additives, carriers or excipients. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may be formulated in accordance with conventional methods, and may be prepared in the form of oral formulations such as tablets, pills, powders, capsules, syrups, emulsions, microemulsions and others, or parenteral formulations such as intramuscular, intravenous or subcutaneous administrations.
For oral formulations, carriers or additives such as cellulose, calcium silicate, corn starch, lactose, sucrose, dextrose, calcium phosphate, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, gelatin, talc, surfactants, suspending agents, emulsifiers, diluents, and others may be used. Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. The liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents and can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
For Injectable formulations, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For, this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is for use in prevention or treatment of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, graft-versus-host disease, thromboembolic diseases, neurological disorders, viral infections, bone-related diseases or combinations thereof.
In an embodiment of the present invention a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof suitable for use in therapy, wherein a subject is suffering of a disease, disorder or condition in which one or more protein kinase family member activity is implicated. In an embodiment, the protein kinase is selected from ITK, RLK, TEC or combination thereof.
In an embodiment of the present invention a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, is for use in the treatment or prevention of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, neurological disorders, or viral infection in combination therapy.
In an embodiment of the present invention a compound of Formulator a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, is for use in therapy, further comprising at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment or prevention of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, neurological disorders or viral infection in combination therapy. The additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is selected from the group consisting of: steroids, leukotriene antagonists, anti-histamines, anti-cancer, anti-viral, anti-biotic agents, protein kinase inhibitors, immune modulators, checkpoint inhibitors and a combination thereof, and wherein additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is administered together with the compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prod rug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, as a single dosage form, or separately as part of a multiple dosage form.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to a compound of the invention as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined herein, for use in therapy or prevention of protein kinase mediated disease.
Compounds of the present invention, in any aspect or embodiment may be used in the treatment or prevention of cancer, autoimmune diseases selected from:
rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, psoriasis vulgaris, pemphigus vulgaris, bullous pemphigoid, Sjogren's syndrome, systemic lupus erythromatosus, discoid SLE, lupus nephritis, antiphospholipidosis, whipple, dermatomyositis, polymyositis, autoimmune thrombocytopenia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia purpura, thrombotic thrombocytopenia purpura, autoimmune (cold) agglutinin disease, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, cryoglobulinemia, autoimmune vasculitis, ANCA-associated vasculitis, scleroderma, systemic sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, chronic focal encephalitis, Guillian-Barre syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, mononucleosis, neuromyelitis optica, autoimmune uveitis, Grave' s disease, thyroid associated opthalmopathy, granulomatosis with microscopic polyangitis, Wegeners granulomatosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, sarcoidosis, idiopathic membranous nephropathy, IgA nephropathy, glomerulos clerosis , pancreatitis , type I
diabetes or type ll diabetes, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, neurological disorders or viral infection in combination therapy,.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to a compound of the invention as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined herein, for use in the treatment of subjects suffering from a protein kinase mediated diseases or conditions. In an embodiment, the protein kinase is selected from ITK, RLK, TEC or combinations thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a use of the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as an inhibitor of protein kinase an embodiment, the protein kinase is selected from ITK, RLK, TEC or combinations thereof.
In an embodiment the use is ex vivo, for example in vitro, such as an in vitro assay.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to the use of a compound of the invention as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in subjects for the treatment or prevention of protein kinase mediated diseases or conditions, for the treatment of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, graft-versus-host disease, thromboembolic diseases, neurological disorders, viral infections, bone-related diseases or combinations thereof. In an embodiment, the protein kinase is selected from ITK, RLK, TEC or combinations thereof.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to a method of treating or prevention of a disease or condition associated with protein kinase activity, said method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined herein. In an embodiment, the protein kinase is selected from ITK, RLK, TEC or combinations thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined herein, for use in the treatment of or prevention of diseases that involve ITK, RLK and\or other TEC
kinases, i.e. diseases that involve B cells, T-cells and/or mast cells, for example, cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, graft-versus-host disease, thromboembolic diseases, bone-related diseases and the like.
A further aspect of the present invention provides the use of a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases that involve ITK, RLK
and\or other TEC
kinases, i.e. diseases that involve B cells, T-cells and mast cells, for example, cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, graft-versus-host disease, thromboembolic diseases, bone-related diseases and the like.
In another aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating or preventing a disease or condition, said method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined herein. In a particular embodiment, the disease or conditions include allergic diseases, autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, thromboembolic diseases, bone-related diseases, cancer, graft-versus-host disease, and the like.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of modulating kinase function, the method comprising contacting a cell with a compound of the present invention in an amount sufficient to modulate the enzymatic activity of ITK, RLK and\or other TEC kinases, thereby modulating the kinase function. The method may be ex vivo, for example in vitro.
= Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting cell proliferation or survival in vitro or in viva, said method comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment the present invention provides a method of producing a protein kinase inhibitory effect in a cell or tissue, said method comprising contacting the cell or tissue with an effective amount of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In other embodiment, the present invention provides a method of producing a protein kinase inhibitory effect in vivo, said method comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of modulating the target kinase function, comprising:
a) contacting a cell or a protein kinase with a compound of the present invention in an amount sufficient of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof to modulate the target kinase function, thereby;
b) modulating the target kinase activity and signaling.
In yet another aspect, provided herein are methods of treating a disease treatable by inhibition of protein kinase in a patient which comprises administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound Formula I disclosed herein and or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a therapeutically effective amount and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In one embodiment of this aspect the patient suffers from a disease or disorder that can be treated by kinase inhibition. The compound disclosed herein of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can inhibit one or more kinases members of the TEC family of non-receptor protein kinases, including but not limited to ITK, RLK, TEC or combinations thereof .
In another aspect the present invention provides a pharmaceutical combination comprising a compound of the present invention and at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment or prevention of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases or viral infection in combination therapy.
In one embodiment the present invention provides a method of treatment wherein further =
comprising administering of a therapeutically effective amount of at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases, neurological disorders or viral infection in combination therapy. The additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is administered together with the compounds of Formula I as a single dosage form or separately as part of a multiple dosage form. The additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is selected from the group comprising: steroids, leukotriene antagonists, anti-histamines, anti-cancer, anti-viral, anti-biotic agents, protein kinase inhibitors or combinations thereof.
The administration of a compound of the present invention may be by any appropriate means known in the field, including systemic and localized administration.
Prior to administration, the compounds may be formulated as compositions suitable for pharmaceutical or clinical use. Such compositions may comprise appropriate carriers or excipients, such as those for topical, inhalation, or systemic administration. The compound of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable active for the treatment or prevention of a protein kinase mediated condition.
The compounds object of the present invention may be administered to a mammal 1 to 4 times a day. A dosage may be between 0.01-100 mg/kg body weight/day of the compound object of the present invention may be administered to a patient receiving these compositions. The dose can vary within wide limits and is to be suited to the individual conditions in each individual case. For the above uses the appropriate dosage will vary depending on the mode of administration, the particular condition to be treated and the effect desired. Preferably a dose of 1 to 50 mg/kg body weight/day may be used.
In an embodiment of the present invention suitable dosage rates for a subject, for example humans, are of the order of from about 10 mg to 3 g/day, administered orally once, or divided doses, such as 2 to 4 times a day, or in sustained release form. For topical delivery, depending on the permeability of the skin, the type and the severity of the disease and dependent on the type of formulation and frequency of application, different concentrations of active compounds within the medicament can be sufficient to elicit a therapeutic effect by topical application.. Preferably, the concentration of an active compound pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, solvates of salts, stereoisomers, tautonners, isotopes, prodrugs, complexes or biologically active metabolites thereof, within a medicament according to the present invention is in the range of between 1 pmol/L and 100 mmol/L.
In further aspect of the present invention, the compound of Formula I or Formula ll or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, solvates of salts, stereoisomers, tautomers, isotopes, prodrugs, complexes, or biologically active metabolites thereof, act as inhibitors of cell kinases as anti-inflammatory, anti-cancer, anti-viral and as antithrombotic agents.
The compounds and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention may be administered in combination with one or more other drugs in the treatment of diseases or conditions for which compounds of the present disclosure or the other drugs may have utility, where the combination of the drugs together are safer or more effective than either drug alone. Such other drug(s) may be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefore, contemporaneously or sequentially with a compound of the present disclosure. When a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a pharmaceutical composition in unit dosage form containing such other drugs and the compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure is preferred.
However, the combination therapy may also include therapies in which the compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure and one or more other drugs are administered on different overlapping schedules. It is also contemplated that when used in combination with one or more other active ingredients, the compounds and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present disclosure and the other active ingredients may be used in lower doses than when each is used singly.
Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure also include those that contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure.
The above combinations include combinations of a compound of the present disclosure not only with one other active compound, but also with two or more other active compounds. Likewise, compounds and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present disclosure may be used in combination with other drugs that are used in the prevention, treatment, control, amelioration, or reduction of risk of the diseases or conditions for which compounds of the present disclosure are useful. Such other drugs may be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefore by those skilled in the art, contemporaneously or sequentially with a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure. When a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a pharmaceutical composition containing such other drugs in addition to the compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure is preferred. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure also include those that also contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure.
The weight ratio of the compound and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the present disclosure to the second active ingredient may be varied and will depend upon the effective dose of each ingredient. Generally, an effective dose of each will be used.
The present invention further provides a method of synthesizing a compound of the present invention as defined herein.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a probe, the probe comprising a compound of the present invention labeled with a detectable label or an affinity tag. In other words, the probe' comprises a residue of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, covalently conjugated to a detectable label. Such detectable labels include, but are not limited to, a fluorescent moiety, a chemiluminescent moiety, a paramagnetic contrast agent, a metal chelate, a radioactive isotope-containing moiety and biotin.
Specific abbreviations used AIDS Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome ATP Adenosine Triphosphate Blk B lymphocyte kinase BMX Bone marrow-expressed kinase Btk Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase DMSO Dimethyl sulfoxide EDTA Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid FCS Fetal Calf serum HIV Human immunodeficiency virus Jak3 Janus Kinase 3 ltk Interleukin-2 inducible T-cell kinase NK/T-cell Natural killer T-cell PBMC Peripheral blood mononuclear cells PBS Phosphate buffered saline RPM! Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium RLK / Txk Resting lymphocyte kinase TEC Tyrosine kinase expressed in carcinoma Tec-family kinase The family of Tec-protein-tyrosine kinases (Tec, Itk, Rik, Bmx, Btk) MS mass spectrometry ml milliliter microliter mmol millimole THF tetrahydrofuran DMF dimethylformamide Me0H methanol Et0H ethanol THFtetrahydrofuran =
DCM dichloromethane NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone Et0Ac Ethyl acetate AcOH acetic acid K2003 Potassium carbonate TEA triethylamine DIPEA diisopropylethylamine NaHCO3 sodium bicarbonate NaOH sodium hydroxide LiOH Lithium hydroxide NaBH(OAc)3 sodium triacetoxyborohydride CbzCI benzyl chloroformate s-Phos 2-Dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-dimethoxybiphenyl Mg504 magnesium sulfate Zn Zinc dust Cul Copper (I) iodide Cu2O Copper (I) oxide Cs2CO3 Cesium carbonate CsF Cesium fluoride BrCN cyanogen bromide HBr hydrogen bromide HCI Hydrogen chloride HATU (1-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate) PG Protecting Group LG Leaving Group LDA Lithium diisopropylamide General Synthetic Methods In the description of the synthetic methods described below and in the referenced synthetic methods that are used to prepare the starting materials, it is to be understood that all proposed reaction conditions, including choice of solvent, reaction atmosphere, reaction temperature, duration of the experiment and workup procedures, can be selected by a person skilled in the art.
The following section describes general synthetic method(s) which may be useful in the preparation of compounds of the instant invention.
Compounds of Formula I
R
NH
R"
LE
Formula I
where L-E is selected from aVVV
n n' =
R' is selected from ¨CH2-NH-Y and R" is hydrogen, are prepared as described below:
Intermediate A3 is obtained by reacting commercially available intermediate Al with an amine of formula A2 where n and n' are as defined herein and PG' is a suitable protecting group. Reductive amination of intermediate A3 with an amine of formula YNH2 where Y is as defined therein provides intermediate A4. Protection of the alkyl amino group with a suitable protective group PG2 provides intermediate A5. Reduction of the nitro group provides intermediate A6 which is then cyclised to the corresponding aminobenzimidazole intermediate A7. Coupling of intermediate A7 with an acid of formula RCO2H
under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula RC(0)LG
where R is as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides intermediate A8. Removal of PG' protecting group provides intermediate A9. Compounds of Formula I are then obtained Ra HORb =
from intermediate A9 by first coupling intermediate 9 with an acid of formula 0 Rc Ra LGI(HRb under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula 0 Rc where Ra, Rb and Rc are as defined above and LG is a leaving group followed by removal of PG2 protective group.
0, so NO2 0, 0 NO2 Y,N = NO2 NH NH
Al iilln. A2 A3 A4 N . n( rj N n l'Gl RGi PG' Y,N si NO2 Y,N s NH NH
nr,j fl' rI(j In' G1 1=Gi o Y,N Y,N )-12 A6 i;G2 SI Nj N
P
N N
d 'ci 11. N n N
PGI .PG' ,N # N
--A8 _______________________________ Y 0 NNH R ,G2 ¨NH
N N
µ)49111' 251'91v1' n N n N
H
' Ra 0 0 ----PRc i\l Rb Al 0 ___________________________ ' P 5 ¨NI-TR
N
22,7f Formula I , - 'l Ra 0 . --PRc Rb Scheme A
In an alternative method, compounds of Formula I
\> ______________________________________ NH
RLE
Formula I
where L-E is selected from JUIN
R' is selected from ¨CH2-NH-Y and R" is hydrogen, are prepared as described below:
Reduction of intermediate A3 provides intermediate 131. Protection of the alcohol group with a suitable protective group PG3 provides intermediate B2. Reduction of the nitro group provides intermediate B3 which is then cyclized to the corresponding aminobenzimidazole intermediate B4. Coupling of intermediate B4 with an acid of formula RCO2H
under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula RC(0)LG
where R is as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides intermediate B5. Removal of PG1 and PG3 protecting groups provides intermediate B6. Coupling of intermediate B6 with an acid Ra Rb of formula 0 Rc under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of Ra LG1r.,,Rb formula 0 Rc where Ra, Rb and Rc are as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides intermediate B7 which is oxidized to provide intermediate B8.
Reductive amination of intermediate B8 with an amine of formula Y-NH2 where Y is as defined above provides compounds of Formula I.
= 39 *NO2 ilo NO2 HO
NH NH
N n()n' N
S
0 ''() B1 ____________________ .
NH
NH
ri(/n' N
N
PG3 PG,3 0 1:)0 N\)¨ N H2 __________________________________________ o * N
¨I'R
N N
-O N o N
'PG1 µPG1 B5 110 . HO N _____ R
¨NH ... HO 1101 1\j¨N1-'rR
N N
0 Ori 2Li49)1i ON ON
H
Ra IRC
Rb tel N R
B7 . CI" --NH . Y'N 0 Nis, YR
N 2¨NH
N
'il.'9)Ii Ra 0 Formula I 11 N
Ra 0 ¨PRc Rb R
Rb c Scheme B
=
Compounds of Formula I
R"\
NH
R' E
Formula I
where L-E is selected fror'n R' is selected from ¨CH2-NH-Y and R" is hydrogen, are prepared in a similar manner by is NO2 is NO2 0, replacing F with F
Compounds of Formula I
_N
NH
R"
= Formula I
where L-E is selected from JVIN
n()n' R' is selected from ¨NR1C(0)Y and R" is hydrogen, are prepared as described below:
Protection of commercially available intermediate Cl with a suitable protective group provides intermediate C2. Alkylation of intermediate C2 with an intermediate of formula RILG where R1 is as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides intermediate C3.
Intermediate C4 is obtained by reacting intermediates C3 with an amine of formula A2 where n and n' are as defined above and PG1 is a suitable protecting group.
Reduction of the nitro group provides intermediate C5 which is then cyclized to the corresponding aminobenzimidazole intermediate C6. Coupling of intermediate C6 with an acid of formula RCO2H under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula RC(0)LG
where R is as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides intermediate 07. Removal of PG1 protecting group provides intermediate C8. Intermediate C9 is obtained by coupling Ra HOIrr Rb intermediate C8 with an kid of formula 0 Rc under standard coupling conditions Ra Rb or with an activated acid of formula 0 Rc where R8, Rb and RC are as defined above and LG is a leaving group. Removal of PG4 protecting group provides intermediate 010. Coupling of intermediate 010 with an acid of formula YCO2H under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula YC(0)LG where Y is as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides compounds of Formula I.
H
H2N * NO2 . PG
M11 ip NO2 Rl.N * NO2 F F F
Cl 02 C3 N NO2 .N NH2 R1' 0 R I $
=
n( )N( )fle A2 C4 NH
n()n' n()n' PG1 'i. N
= PG1 PG4 PG4 O\
N
R1.1 40 N\7¨\ NH2 IR1' --->\----R
. ____________________________________________________ . /NH
N N
t \ I= :e'VI-A' n N n N
. 'PG1 PG1 O\ O\
, N N y¨R N N X¨R
R== 110 R1. 40 \\
C7 _________________________ - )¨NH .
i¨NH
N N
1 , 11 N 0. N
H
Ra ¨P0 Rb Rc PG4 O\ R1 NY N
.1. la N,\ )¨R I,- to N ---FR
C9 R j¨NH
\>---NH
N = 0 N
C10, Ill ) N 11 Formula I ) \ f n N
Ra 0 Rc Ra --PRc Rb Rb Scheme C
In an alternative method, compounds of Formula I
R
` ______________________________________ NH
N
R"
LE
Formula I
where L-E is selected from n()n' R' is selected from ¨NR1C(0)Y and R" is hydrogen, are prepared as described below:
Intermediate D2 is obtained in a 2 steps sequence, from intermediate C7, by first removing PG4 protective group to provide intermediate D1, followed by reacting intermediate D1 with an acid of formula YCO2H under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula YC(0)LG, where Y is as defined above and LG is a leaving group, to provide intermediate D2. Removal of PG1 protecting group provides intermediate D3.
Compounds of Formula I are then obtained from intermediate D3 by coupling intermediate Ra HOIrrRb D3 with an acid of formula 0 Rc under standard coupling conditions or with an Ra Ly),. Rb activated add of formula 0 Rc where Ra, Rb and Rc are as defined above and LG
is a leaving group.
RV N, R ________ RI " " N
=8= --NH
'91O 11 N k N n N
RI
D2 Yrri N
0 Ni\>¨NH
D3 Formula I 1 =
k n 2:24) N
N
Rap Rc = Rb Scheme D
Compounds of Formula I
R"
Formula I
where L-E is selected from .01/11, () n n' R' is selected from hydrogen, halogen, -0Me and R" is hydrogen, are prepared as described below:
Intermediate E2 is obtained by reacting commercially available intermediate El with an amine of formula A2 where n and n' are as defined therein and PG1 is a suitable protecting group. Reduction of the nitro group provides Intermediate E3 which is then cyclised to the corresponding aminobenzimidazole Intermediate E4. Coupling of Intermediate E4 with an acid of formula RCO2H under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid of formula RC(0)LG where R is as defined above and LG is a leaving group provides Intermediate E5. Removal of PG' protecting group provides Intermediate E6.
Compounds of Formula I are then obtained from Intermediate E6 by coupling intermediate E6 with an Ra HO,IrlyRb acid of formula 0 Rc under standard coupling conditions or with an activated acid Ra LGyI),Rb of formula 0 Rc where Ra, Rb and Rc are as defined above and LG is a leaving group.
2 rr."...õ-- 2 ___________________________________________________ , R'F R' , R' El n( E2 E3 )N( )n' A2 (1 N N
(r-----N
E3 _______________ ,... R'¨T, ¨NH2 ______ . IT 0 N¨NH R
E4 ) )11, E5 0 N b N
'PG1 PG1 N
K --R
E5 ________________ , R", ----NH ______ . , ¨NH
----N 2 R¨
--N
. E6 L ) )1.
11 N Formula I n' N
H
Ra 0 ¨PRc Rb Scheme E
Synthesis of Intermediates 1-c and 1-c':
si NO2 40 DIPEA NO2 1000 NO2 1-a 1-b 1-c 1-e NJ
Boc/ Boci Boci Scheme 1 Step 1: Intermediates 1-c and 1-c' To a solution of 4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzaldehyde 1-a (1.0 g, 6.2 mmol) and DIPEA
(3.2 ml, 18.7 mmol) in acetonitrile was added a solution of Intermediate 1-b (1.5 g, 6.5 mmol) in acetonitrile. After the addition was completed, the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided intermediates isomers 1-c as a yellow solid and 1-c' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 2-d:
1-c _____________________ NaBH(OAc)3 "N NO2 NaHCO3 ______________________________________________________________ >rr'i NH CbzCI Cbz NH
>r NH2 2-a ,õ 2-b NJ
Boci Bocl Zn >1;1 BrCN ____ XN
Cbz Cbz 5 '> __ NH2 NH
2-c 2-d Ni N
=
Boc/ Boc Scheme 2 Step 1: Intermediate 2-a To a solution of Intermediate 1-c (400 mg, 1.0 mmol) and (S)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-amine (119 mg, 1.2 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (339 mg, 1.6 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and dichloromethane were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 2-a as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 2-b To a solution of Intermediate 2-a (490 mg, 1.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (9.0 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (9.0 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (170 pl, 1.2 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 2-b as a yellow solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 2-c To a solution of Intermediate 2-b (600 mg, 1.0 mmol) in Me0H (9.7 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.6 g) and zinc dust (330 mg, 5.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature and then filtered over celite.
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 2-c as a beige solid.
Step 4: Intermediate 2-d To a solution of Intermediate 2-c (570 mg, 1.0 mmol) in Et0H (10 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (107 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 2-d as a purple solid.
= Synthesis of Intermediate 3-d:
NO2 NaHCO3 NaBH(OAc)3 NO >r,N NO
1-c' ________________________ 6bz NH CbzCI NH
3-a 3-b Sod' Boc' Zn _____________________________ >r-i Cbz=
BrCN
nbz NH
3-c 3-d Bac" Boc Scheme 3 Step 1: Intermediate 3-a To a solution of Intermediate 1-c' (680 mg, 1.8 mmol) and (S)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-amine (202 mg, 1.9 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (580 mg, 2.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and dichloromethane were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 3-a as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 3-b To a solution of Intermediate 3-a (834 mg, 1.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (9.0 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (9.0 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (638 pl, 4.5 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 3-b as a yellow solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 3-c To a solution of Intermediate 3-b (700 mg, 1.2 mmol) in Me0H (9.7 ml) was added ammonium chloride (1.8 g, 36.0 mmol) and zinc dust (385 mg, 5.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature and then filtered over celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 3-c as a beige solid.
Step 4: Intermediate 3-d To a solution of Intermediate 3-c (650 mg, 1.2 mmol) in Et0H (24 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (146 mg, 1.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 3-d as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 4-c:
DIPEA, HATU /N 40 N HCI = N
2-d NH SM.---F
lbz 0 6bz =\j q F
HO
4-b 4-c 4-a BOC
Scheme 4 Step 1: Intermediate 4-b To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (42 mg, 0.23 mmol) in DMF (3.5 ml) was added HATU (105 mg, 0.28 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 2-d (125 mg, 0.21 mmol) and DIPEA (111 pl, 0.64 mmol) in DMF
was added. The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature.
A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 4-b as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 4-c To a solution of Intermediate 4-b (110 mg, 0.15 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml) was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 4-c HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 3:
N ______________________________________________________ N Y-C1-4-c ___ TEA
0 r\61bz 'NFHBr r- __ >cm ,NH F
5-a Compound Scheme 5 Step 1: Intermediate 5-a To a solution of Intermediate 4-c.HCI (91 mg, 0.14 mmol) in THF (2 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (122 pl, 0.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (14 pL, 0.17 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 30 minutes at 0 C. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 5-a as beige solid.
Step 2: Compound 3 To a solution of Intermediate 5-a (99 mg, 0.14 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in AcOH (1.0 ml) and the solution was then stirred until completion at 0 C. Diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Compound 3 as a white solid.
Compounds 5 and 11 were prepared starting from Intermediate 2-d, in a similar manner HO2c s to Compound 3, by replacing F for the synthesis of Intermediate 4-b with HO2C s N
N
HO2C---CNs 0-21 and respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 6-b:
N>
3-d DIPEA, HATU =N _______________ HCI
0 Cbz ¨NH
Cbz Ni\)--NH
F
HO
/ 6-a 6-b '2?.7 4-a Sod Scheme 6 Step 1: Intermediate 6-a To a solution of Intermediate 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (58 mg, 0.33 mmol) in DMF (3.5 ml) was added HATU (147 mg, 0.9 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 3-d (175 mg, 0.3 mmol) and DIPEA (155 iii, 0.9 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 6-a as a beige solid Step 2: Intermediate 6-b To a solution of Intermediate 6-a (170 mg, 0.23 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 6-b HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 2:
N HBr 6-b _______________ bz S"¨Nr-F ______________________________ >21 40 )¨NH STh.-F
7-a <
Compound 2 fo (40 Scheme 7 Step 1: Intermediate 7-a To a solution of Intermediate 6-b=HCI (155 mg, 0.24 mmol) in THF (2 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (122 pl, 0.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (24 pL, 0.30 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 30 minutes at 0 C. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 7-a as a beige solid Step 2: Compound 2 To a solution of Intermediate 7-a (135 mg, 0.19 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in AcOH (2.0 ml) and the solution was then stirred until completion at 0 C. Diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 2 as a white solid.
Compounds 4, 6, 7, 8, 13, 14, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 32, 33, 38 and 39 were prepared starting from intermediate 3-d, in a similar manner to Compound 2, by replacing HO2C s HO2C s 7 N
F for the synthesis of intermediate 6-a with Oji HO2C_.,- HO2C---s)- HO2C ---( ..._Ã- HO2C s õ)) HO2C
N-N
0 --- I , HO2C 41 ON HO2C 1\1 - \\N HOC N
2-(/ , -/ - HOC ON
/ .
\\N
HO2C- N HO2C s HO2C- )¨ HO2C-(/
)--\ OMe -/ -N , 0 0-, HO2C / \ /HOC . , 'NI
, 1\1 and respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediates 8-b and 8-b':
C) SI 0 le ______ 0 401 . +
=
1-a 8-a 8-b 8-b' Boc-N
Boc,N
Boc'N
Scheme 8 Step 1: Intermediates 8-b and 8-b' To a solution of 4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzaldehyde 1-a (211 mg, 1.3 mmol) and DIPEA
(2.5 ml, 14.4 mmol) in acetonitrile was added a solution of Intermediate 8-a (300 mg, 1.3 mmol) in acetonitrile. After the addition was completed, the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexanes gradient provided Intermediates isomer 8-b as a yellow solid and 8-b' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 9-d:
NaBH(OAc)3 410 NaHCO3 XN
8-b ________________ . H
NH CbzCI 6bz NH
>NH2 9-a 9-b Boo N
Boc,N
Zn ________________ >1;1 NH2 BrCN _____________________________________________________ XN
Cbz Cbz NH2 NH
9-c 9-d BoorN
Boo' Scheme 9 Step 1: Intermediate 9-a To a solution of Intermediate 8-b (900 mg, 2.3 mmol) and (S)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-amine (380 mg, 2.8 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (735 mg, 3.5 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. A
saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and dichloromethane were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 9-a as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 9-b To a solution of Intermediate 9-a (1.1 g, 2.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (9.0 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (9.0 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (364 pl, 2.5 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 9-b as a yellow solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 9-c To a solution of Intermediate 9-b (610 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added ammonium chloride (1.6 g, 30.0 mmol) and zinc dust (328 mg, 5.0 mmol). The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature and then filtered over celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 9-c as a beige solid.
Step 4: Intermediate 9-d To a solution of Intermediate 9-c (475 mg, 0.8 mmol) in Et0H (10.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (109 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted =
twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over M9S0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 9-d as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 10-d:
io 8-b' NaBH(OAc)3 N NO2 NaHCO3 N opi NO2 NH CbzCI Cbz NH
>NH2
10-a o= 10-b Boc N
Boo'. N
=
Zn BrCN
Cbz >1\11bz NH2 NH C
10-c õ. 10-d Boc N
Boc Scheme 10 Step 1: Intermediate 10-a To a solution of Intermediate 8-b' (450 mg,1.2 mmol) and (S)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-amine 2-a (140 mg, 1.4 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (367 mg, 1.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature.
A
saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and dichloromethane were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 10-a as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 10-b To a solution of Intermediate 10-a (550 mg, 1.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (9.0 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (9.0 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (182 pl, 1.3 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 10-b as a yellow solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 10-c To a solution of Intermediate 10-b (500 mg, 0.8 mmol) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.3 g, 25.0 mmol) and zinc dust (270 mg, 4.1 mmol). The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature and then filtered over celite.
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate and a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 10-c as a beige foam.
Step 4: Intermediate 10-d To a solution of Intermediate 10-c (1.3 g, 2.4 mmol) in Et0H (10.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (302 mg, 2.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 10-d as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 11-b:
DIPEA, HATU >rs.NCbz io , N HCI /
9-d NH SM--F >rNajbZ 110 S
HO
/ 11-a 11-b Bob' Scheme 11 Step 1: Intermediate 11-a To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (49 mg, 0.27 mmol) in DMF (3.5 ml) was added HATU (123 mg, 0.323 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 9-d (150 mg, 0.25 mmol) and DIPEA (130 pl, 0.74 mmol) in DMF
was added. The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature.
A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 11-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 11-b To a solution of Intermediate 11-a (150 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate
Boo'. N
=
Zn BrCN
Cbz >1\11bz NH2 NH C
10-c õ. 10-d Boc N
Boc Scheme 10 Step 1: Intermediate 10-a To a solution of Intermediate 8-b' (450 mg,1.2 mmol) and (S)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-amine 2-a (140 mg, 1.4 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (367 mg, 1.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature.
A
saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and dichloromethane were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 10-a as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 10-b To a solution of Intermediate 10-a (550 mg, 1.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (9.0 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (9.0 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (182 pl, 1.3 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 10-b as a yellow solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 10-c To a solution of Intermediate 10-b (500 mg, 0.8 mmol) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.3 g, 25.0 mmol) and zinc dust (270 mg, 4.1 mmol). The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature and then filtered over celite.
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate and a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 10-c as a beige foam.
Step 4: Intermediate 10-d To a solution of Intermediate 10-c (1.3 g, 2.4 mmol) in Et0H (10.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (302 mg, 2.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 10-d as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 11-b:
DIPEA, HATU >rs.NCbz io , N HCI /
9-d NH SM--F >rNajbZ 110 S
HO
/ 11-a 11-b Bob' Scheme 11 Step 1: Intermediate 11-a To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (49 mg, 0.27 mmol) in DMF (3.5 ml) was added HATU (123 mg, 0.323 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 9-d (150 mg, 0.25 mmol) and DIPEA (130 pl, 0.74 mmol) in DMF
was added. The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature.
A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 11-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 11-b To a solution of Intermediate 11-a (150 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate
11-b HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 10:
TEA HBr N
11-b ___________ n 0 jbz " \ 12-a Compound 10 =ii "--\( Scheme 12 Step 1: Intermediate 12-a To a solution of Intermediate 11-13- HCI (100 mg,0.14 mmol) in THE (2 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (122 pl, 0.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (14 pL, 0.17 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 30 minutes at 0 C. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 12-a as a white foam.
Step 2: Compound 10 To a solution of Intermediate 12-a (100 mg,0.14 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in AcOH (2 ml) and the solution was then stirred until completion at 0 C. Diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 10 as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 13-b:
DIPEA, HATU "N , N _____________________________________________________________ N
10-d HO HCI
0 Cbz= NH S-"Nr-F _____ 13-a13-b 4-a = N2D 1-21N)D
Bod Scheme 13 Step 1: Intermediate 13-a To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (49 mg, 0.27 mmol) in DMF (3.5 ml) was added HATU (123 mg, 0.32 mmol), after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 10-d (150 mg, 0.25 mmol) and DIPEA (130 pl, 0.74 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 13-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 13-b To a solution of Intermediate 13-a (110 mg, 0.14 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 13-b. HCI as a white solid.
Synthesis of Compound 9:
TEA N
13 b __________ >rY N¨NH HBr 0 Cbz =
CI
( 14-a Compound 9 Scheme 14 Step 1: Intermediate 14-a To a solution of Intermediate 13-b.HCI (100 mg, 0.14 mmol) in THF (2 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (122 pl, 0.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (14 pL, 0.17 mmol) and the solution was stirred at 0 C for 15 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed With brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 14-a as a beige foam.
Step 2: Compound 9 To a solution of Intermediate 14-a (100 mg, 0.14 mmol) ) in dichloromethane (1.5 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in AcOH (2 ml) and the solution was then stirred until completion at 0 C. Diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 9 as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 15-b:
CY SI NaBH(OAc)3 xN
NO2 NaHCO3 401 NO2 CbzCI bpz >!-NH2 15-a 15-b Scheme 15 Step 1: Intermediate 15-a To a solution of Intermediate 1-a (1.0 g, 5.9 mmol) and (S)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-amine (600 mg, 5.9 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.8 g, 8.9 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. A
saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and dichloromethane were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 15-a as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 15-b To a solution of Intermediate 15-a (1.46 g, 5.74 mmol) in dichloromethane (15.0 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (8.0 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (1.2 ml, 8.6 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred until completion.
The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 15-b as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 16-d:
No2 NH2 DI >1;1 15-b PEA >lbz Cbz= Zn n6 16-a 16-b 16-c 13oc Boo Boc BrCN X--1,,j bz 5 N, \¨NH2 C
16-d 'Bac Scheme 16 Step 1: Intermediate 16-b To a solution of Intermediate 15-b (1.24 g, 3.2 mmol) and DIPEA (2.0 g, 16.0 mmol) in acetonitrile (20 ml) was added a solution of Intermediate 16-a (680 mg, 3.2 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 ml). After the addition was completed, the reaction was refluxed for 48 hours and then cooled to room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 16-b as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 16-c To a solution of Intermediate 16-b (860 mg, 1.5 mmol) in Me0H were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.3 g, 25.0 mmol) and zinc dust (484 mg, 7.4 mmol). The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature and then filtered over celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of NaNC03 and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 16-c as a beige foam.
Step 3: Intermediate 16-d To a solution of Intermediate 16-c (718 mg, 1.3 mmol) in Et0H (10 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (166 mg, 1.6 mmol) and the reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 16-d as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 17-b:
N
16-d DIPEA, HATU S--0 Cbz NH ¨Nr.-F HCI
Nj¨NH
HO
/ 17-a 17-b 4-a 'Boo Scheme 17 Step 2: Intermediate 17-a To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (267 mg, 1.5 mmol) in DMF (3.5 ml) was added HATU (618 mg, 1.6 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 16-d (720 mg, 1.25 mmol) and DIPEA (655 pl, 3.0 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 17-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 17-b To a solution of Intermediate 17-a (910 mg, 1.25 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 17-b-HCI as a white solid.
Synthesis of Compound 1:
TEA HBr N N
17-b =NH S-- - >r--N =0 Cbz Thõ.-F
NH F
18-a Compound 1 tO tO
Scheme 18 Step 1: Intermediate 18-a To a solution of Intermediate 17-b=HCI (937 mg, 1.4 mmol) in THF (14 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added TEA (2.0 ml, 14.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (179 pL, 2.2 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 15 minutes at 0 C. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 18-a as a beige foam.
Step 2: Compound 1 To a solution of Intermediate 18-a (940 mg, 1.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in AcOH (5 ml) and the solution was then stirred until completion at 0 C. Diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 1 as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 19-b:
0' SI DIPEA
=
1-a 19-a 19-b ri I3oc Boc Scheme 19 To a solution of 4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzaldehyde 1-a (600 mg, 3.6 mmol) and DIPEA
(2.5 ml, 14.4 mmol) in acetonitrile was added a solution of 19-a (700 mg, 2.9 mmol) in acetonitrile.
After the addition was completed, the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature.
Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The =
combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 19-b as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 20-d:
19-b ____________________ NaBH(OAc)3 x-N 10 NO2 NaHCO3 6bz 2 NH CbzCI NH
20-a 20-b Boc Boc X
Zn >1;1 110 BrCN Y
= Cbz NH Cbz 20-c 20-d Boc Boo Scheme 20 Step 1: Intermediate 20-a To a solution of Intermediate 19-b (700 mg, 1.8 mmol) and (S)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-amine (220 mg, 2.2 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (570 mg, 2.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and dichloromethane were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 20-a as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 20-b To a solution of Intermediate 20-a (850 mg, 1.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (10 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (286 pl, 2.0 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichlormethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 20-b as a yellow solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 20-c To a solution of Intermediate 20-b (900 mg, 1.5 mmol) in Me0H were sequentially added ammonium chloride (2.4 g, 44.4 mmol) and zinc dust (484 mg, 7.4 mmol). The reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature and then filtered over celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 20-c as a beige foam.
Step 4: Intermediate 20-d To a solution of Intermediate 20-c (850 mg, 1.5 mmol) in Et0H (10 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (1.9 mg, 1.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 20-d as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 21-b:
DIPEA, HATU =HCI __________________ >n 20-d _________________________ NH s---NrF ibz /S
0 Cbz HO / 21-a 21-b 4-a Eloc Scheme 21 Step 1: Intermediate 21-a To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (50 mg, 0.27 mmol) in DMF (1.5 ml) was added HATU (123 mg, 0.323 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 20-d (150 mg, 0.25 mmol) and DIPEA (130 pl, 0.75 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 21-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 21-b To a solution of Intermediate 21-a (155 mg, 0.20 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 21-13=HCI as a white solid.
Synthesis of Compound 12:
TEA / HBr /
21-b _______ S
0 >nbz Nr\i¨NH S F ______________________________________________________ F
22-a Compound 12 tO (0 Scheme 22 Step 1: Intermediate 22-a To a solution of Intermediate 21-13-FICI (133 mg, 0.2 mmol) in THE (2 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (170 pl, 1.0 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (19 pL, 0.24 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 15 minutes at 0 C. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic = 69 extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 22-a as a beige foam.
Step 2: Compound 12 To a solution of Intermediate 22-a (144 mg, 0.20 mmol) ) in dichloronnethane (1.5 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in AcOH (2 ml) and the solution was then stirred until completion at 0 C. Diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 12 as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 23-d:
40 No2 io c NO 2 io NO2o-__HO
NaBH4 imidazole TBSO
_ NH NH TBSCI
NH
1-c' ( 23-a ( 23-b ( N N N
Boci Boci Boc 23-b ________________________ 2 NH
H2 Pd/C TBSO =BrCN µ TBSO
=NI--NH2 ,..
NH N
23-c ( 23-d .)-.:
N N
Bocl . BoC
Scheme 23 Step 1: Intermediate 23-a To a solution of Intermediate 1-c' (2.0 g, 5.3 mmol) in ethanol (200 ml) was added sodium borohydride (302 mg, 8.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 was slowly added and after stirring for 15 minutes volatiles were removed under reduced pressure.
Ethyl acetate was added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 23-a as a beige foam.
Step 2: Intermediate 23-b To a solution of Intermediate 23-a (2.0 g, 5.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (26 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added imidazole (433 mg, 6.4 mmol) and tert-butylchlorodimethylsilane (879 mg, 5.8 mmol). The reaction was then warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 23-b as beige oil.
Step 3: Intermediate 23-c To a solution of Intermediate 23-b (2.6 g, 5.3 mmol) in methanol and stirred under nitrogen was added 10% Pd/C (1.1 g, 0.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with H2 and stirred for 24 hours under H2. The reaction was then filtered through celite and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 23-c as a beige solid.
Step 4: Intermediate 23-d To a solution of Intermediate 23-c (850 mg, 1.8 mmol) in Et0H (19 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (244 mg, 2.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 23-d as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 24-b:
23-d DIPEA, HATU TBSO 40 ,NH S--- F HCI HO =N ____ Nr S<Jl F
HO / 24-a 24-b 4-a Bc) Scheme 24 Step 1: Intermediate 24-a To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (143 mg, 0.8 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to 0 C was added HATU (328 mg, 0.8 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 23-d (300 mg, 0.6 mmol) and DIPEA (323 pl, 1.8 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight.
A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over M004, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 24-a as a purple solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 24-b To a solution of Intermediate 24-a (207 mg, 0.3 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml) was added HCI in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and diethyl ether was added to the residue. A precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 24-b HCI as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 25-a:
o SO3 pyridine DIPEA complex N
24-b __________________ - HO
Nj¨NH __________________________________________________ .
= 0 ¨NH
F
F
CI
2'"== Compound 119 25-a =
Scheme 25 Step 1: 119 To a solution of Intermediate 24-b.HCI (150 mg, 0.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (279 pl, 1.6 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (26 pl, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at -78 C for 15 minutes. Water (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 119 as a white solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 25-a To a solution of Compound 119 (150 mg, 0.3 mmol) in THF (3.1 ml) and DMSO (219 pl) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (215 pl, 1.2 mmol) and a solution of SO3 pyridine complex (147 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMSO (1.0 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0 C
until completion. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, water was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 25-a as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 27:
25-a NaBH(OAc)3 N? _____________________________________________ NH S--Nr-F
NH
Compound 27 Scheme 26 To a solution of Intermediate 25-a (250 mg, 0.5 mmol) and morpholine (45 pl, 0.5 mmol) in THF (2.0 ml) were sequentially added acetic acid (15 pl, 0.2 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (164 mg, 0.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 27 as a white solid.
Compounds 34, 35, 36 and 37 were prepared starting from Intermediate 25-a, in a / \
___________________________________ similar manner to Compound 27, by replacing \ / with , HO,' 0--NI-12 HO,' 0¨NH2 HO
and INn2 respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 27-c:
I, HCI
23-d DPEA HATU TBSO 40 NNH S¨Nr-_-_-\ HO
N
S
HO
N 27-b 27-c <
27-a Bad Scheme 27 Step 1: Intermediate 27-b To a solution of 5-(oxazol-5-y0thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 27-a (385 mg, 1.9 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to 0.00 was added HATU (975 mg, 2.5 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 23-d (960 mg, 2.0 mmol) and DIPEA (1.0 ml, 5.9 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight.
A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 27-b as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 27-c To a solution of Intermediate 27-b (470 mg, 0.7 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 27-c.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 28-a:
=
o SO3 pyridine 0 DIPEA N
complex N
27-c HO S--\f¨x¨ .
¨NH
Cl < Compound 120 28-a [F-0 -40 Scheme 28 Step 1: Compound 120 To a solution of Intermediate 27-c 2HCI (393 mg, 0.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (655 pl, 3.8 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (61 pl, 0.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at -78 C for 15 minutes. Water (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 120 as a white solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 28-a To a solution of Compound 120 (380 mg, 0.7 mmol) in THF (7.5 ml) and DMSO (536 pl) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (526 pl, 3.0 mmol) and a solution of SO3 pyridine complex (360 mg, 2.2 mmol) in DMSO (1.0 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0 C
until completion. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, water and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 28-a as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 40:
NaBH(OAc)3 N
28-a _________________________ 01 SI \>--NH
NH
Compound 40 =
Scheme 29 To a solution of Intermediate 28-a (100 mg, 0.2 mmol) and pyrrolidine (16 pl, 0.2 mmol) in acetonitrile (5.0 ml) were sequentially added acetic acid (1 pl, 0.02 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (63 mg, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 40 as a white solid.
Compounds 41, 42, 43 and 44 were prepared starting from Intermediate 28-a, in a / \
similar manner to Compound 40, by replacing with \ , HO,=0--N1-12 HO, 0¨NH2 HO
and Nr12 respectively.
Compound 28 was prepared starting from Intermediate 23-d, in a similar manner to HO2C--/sN
Compound 40, by replacing u for the synthesis of Intermediate 28-a HO2C =
with S ---- and by replacing with Synthesis of Intermediates 30-c and 30-c':
HO HO HO
30-a 1-b 30-c 30-c' .,==
/N N¨
Boc Boo/ Boo/
Scheme 30 To a solution of Intermediate 30-a (380 mg, 2.2 mmol) and DIPEA (1.2 ml, 6.7 mmol) in DMSO was added Intermediate 1-b (700 mg, 2.4 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 110 C
overnight and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided Intermediates isomers 30-c as a yellow solid and 30-c' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 31-c:
io NO2 40 NO2 imidazole HO _____________________________________ . TBSO
NH TBSCI NH
30-c' \
'5 ,==
31-a \
N
N
Boci Boci i s NH2 Zn N
BrCN , 31-a _________ µ TBSO NH TBSO io ---NH2 N
31-b ( 31-c N
Boci Boc/N
Scheme 31 Step 1: Intermediate 31-a To a solution of Intermediate 30-c' (300 mg, 0.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (4.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added innidazole (114 mg, 1.7 mmol) and tert-butylchlorodimethylsilane (240 mg, 1.6 mmol). The reaction was then warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 31-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 31-b To a solution of Intermediate 31-a (400 mg, 0.8 mmol) in methanol (5.4 ml) and water (1 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.3 g) and zinc dust (266 mg, 4.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 31-b as a beige solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 31-c To a solution of Intermediate 31-b (360 mg, 0.8 mmol) in Et0H (8.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (103 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 31-c as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 32-b:
DIP TBSO=
EA, HATU HCI N
31-c HO \>¨NH
HO
\ N 32-a 2;2. 32-b 27-a -Boc Scheme 32 Step 1: Intermediate 32-a To a solution of 5-(oxazol-5-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 27-a (229 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) cooled to 0 C was added HATU (445 mg, 1.2 mmol) and after stirring for minutes a solution of Intermediate 31-c (380 mg, 0.8 mmol) and DIPEA (409 pl, 2.3 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight.
A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 25 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 32-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 32-b To a solution of Intermediate 32-a (445 mg, 0.7 mmol) in Me0H (3.3 ml), was added a 30 solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 32-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 33-a:
SO3 pyridine DIPEAcomplex N
0 HO =
32-b ______________ 40 rµi.__NH 0, ¨NH
Compound 73 33-a Scheme 33 Step 1: Compound 73 To a solution of Intermediate 32-b 2HCI (250 mg, 0.5 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (251 pl, 1.4 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (39 pl, 0.5 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at -78 C for 30 minutes. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 73 as a beige solid.
Compound 78 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 73 starting from Intermediate 30-c.
Step 2: Intermediate 33-a To a solution of Compound 73 (150 mg, 0.3 mmol) in THF (2.0 ml) and DMSO (1.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added TEA (166 pl, 1.2 mmol) and a solution of pyridine complex (142 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMSO (1.0 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0 C
until completion. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, water was added. A
precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 33-a as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 77:
NaHB(0Ac)3 N (-1 33-a __________________ "NH NH S'Nr¨A.
/
Compound 77 \ ______________________ /
Scheme 34 To a solution of Intermediate 33-a (55 mg, 0.1 mmol) and morpholine (9 mg, 0.1 mmol) in acetonitrile (1.0 ml) and dichloroethane (1.0 ml) was added sodium triacetoxyborohyd ride (35 mg, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 77 as a white solid.
Compound 86 was prepared from Compound 78, in a similar manner to Compound 77 / \
from compound 73, by replacing \ with .
Synthesis of Intermediate 35-c:
NaHCO3 H K2CO3 H2N io NO2 CbzCI Cbz-N io NO2 Mel Cbz-N io 35-a 35-b 35-c Scheme 35 Step 1: Intermediate 35-b To a solution of 4-fluoro-3-nitroaniline (5.0 g, 32.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (64 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (64.1 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (5.5 ml, 38.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 35-b as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 35-c To a solution of Intermediate 35-b (6.0 g, 20.7 mmol) in acetonitrile (60 ml) were sequentially added K2003 (8.6 g, 62.0 mmol) and methyl iodide (6.5 ml, 103.0 mmol).
The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 35-c as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediates 36-a and 36-a':
35-c DIP.EA Cbz-N 40 NO2 Cbz' N NO2 1-b 36-a 36-a' /1µ1 N--i Boc Bocl Boo/
Scheme 36 To a solution of Intermediate 35-c (850 mg, 2.8 mmol) and DIPEA (1.5 ml, 8.4 mmol) in DMSO was added Intermediate 1-b AcOH (880 mg, 3.1 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 110 C for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided Intermediates isomers 36-a as a yellow solid and 36-a' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 37-b:
,N
Cloz'N io NO2 Zn Cbz,N 110 NH2 BrCN Cbz io NH NH
36-a' 37-a 37-b Bac/ Bocl BoC
Scheme 37 Step 1: Intermediate 37-a To a solution of Intermediate 36-a' (510 mg, 1.0 mmol) in methanol (6.7 ml) and water (1 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.6 g) and zinc dust (327 mg, 5.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 37-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 37-b To a solution of Intermediate 37-a (400 mg, 0.8 mmol) in Et0H (8.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (110 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 37-b as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 50:
37-b N
DIPEA, HATU Cbz-N 40 , 2/ HCI Cbz,N N
HO s 01 =
\ N 38-a 38-b 27-a BoC
38-b DIPEA
Cbz,N N HBr N
=¨NH
0 N acetic acid CI
38-c Compound 50 ro Scheme 38 Step 1: Intermediate 38-a To a solution of 5-(oxazol-5-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 27-a (229 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) cooled to 0 C was added HATU (445 mg, 1.2 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of .Intermediate 37-b (540 mg, 1.1 mmol) and DIPEA (560 pl, 3.2 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight.
A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 38-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 38-b To a solution of Intermediate 38-a (600 mg, 0.9 mmol) in Me0H (5.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 38-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 38-c To a solution of Intermediate 38-b 2HCI (600 mg, 1.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (897 pl, 5.1 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (92 pl, 1.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at -78 C for 30 minutes. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 38-c as a beige solid.
Step 4: Compound 50 To a solution of Intermediate 38-c (650 mg, 1.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in acetic acid (5 ml, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Water was added; a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 50 as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 54:
N DIPEA yN io N _________________________________________________________ ip \2¨NH
ci Compound 50 0 Compound 54 Scheme 39 To a solution of Compound 50 (20 mg, 0.04 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (21 pl, 0.1 mmol) and isobutyryl chloride (4 mg, 0.04 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 54 as a beige solid.
Compounds 51, 52, 53 were prepared starting from Compound 50, in a similar manner -ACI
Cl vA
A
to Compound 54, by replacing with () and CI
respectively.
' Synthesis of Compound 60:
H o 38-a __________ lOyi 0 H2 Pd/C . ,N 40 N N / I DIPEA as / I
¨NH S N
40-a CI---0 40-b \N , \
N
Eoc BoC
lOyjo airr!I o / I DIPEA / I
40-b HCI __ . ip rµl¨NH 0_.-0,--JCI
2liZ0-S
40-c µ
)';?'" Compound 60 \N N
H
Scheme 40 Step 1: Intermediate 40-a 10 To a solution of Intermediate 38-a (670 mg, 1.0 mmol) in methanol (5 ml) and stirred under nitrogen was added 10% Pd/C (209 mg, 0.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with H2 and stirred for 24 hours under H2. The reaction was then filtered through celite and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 40-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 40-b To a solution of Intermediate 40-a (75 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (72 pl, 0.4 mmol) and cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride (22 mg, 0.15 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and ' concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 40-b as a beige solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 40-c To a solution of Intermediate 40-b (110 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (5.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 40-c.2HCI as a beige solid.
Step 4: Compound 60 To a solution of Intermediate 40-c 2HCI (95 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (89 pl, 0.5 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (17 pl, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 60 as a beige solid.
Compound 59 was prepared starting from Intermediate 40-a, in a similar manner to rN
Compound 60, by replacing CI--" with Oj 0 in the presence of HATU
and DIPEA.
Synthesis of Intermediates 41-b and 41-b':
SI
NH NH
41-a 1-b 41-b 41-b' N¨
Boc Boo/ Boo/
Scheme 41 To a solution of Intermediate 41-a (500 mg, 3.1 mmol) and DIPEA (1.6 ml, 9.4 mmol) in DMSO was added Intermediate 1-b AcOH (990 mg, 3.5 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 110 C for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided Intermediates isomers 41-b as a yellow solid and 41-b' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 42-b:
Zn F si NH2 BrCN
41-b' ________________________________________________ NH2 NH N
42-a õ- 42-b Bocl BoC
Scheme 42 Step 1: Intermediate 42-a To a solution of Intermediate 41-b' (440 mg, 1.2 mmol) in methanol (8.0 ml) and water (1 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.9 g) and zinc dust (394 mg, 6.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 42-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 42-b To a solution of Intermediate 42-a (400 mg, 1.2 mmol) in Et0H (12.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (158 mg, 1.5 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 42-b as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 43-b:
= o , DIPEA, HATU F ioN HCI F 40 , 42-b ___________ S"¨Nr¨\-/ N 43-a 43-b 27-a BocN
Scheme 43 Step 1: Intermediate 43-a To a solution of 5-(oxazol-5-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 27-a (341 mg, 1.8 mmol) in DMF (6.0 ml) cooled to 0 C was added HATU (665 mg, 1.8 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 42-b (420 mg, 1.2 mmol) and DIPEA (611 pl, 3.5 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight.
A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 43-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 43-b To a solution of Intermediate 43-a (340 mg, 0.6 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 43-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 57:
43-b NH SN
¨/7 CI
Compound 57 ir%
Scheme 44 To a solution of Intermediate 43-b 2HCI (300 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (1.0 ml, 1.5 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (62 pl, 0.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 57 as a beige solid.
Compound 68 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 57 starting from Intermediate 41-b.
Compounds 56, 58 and 61 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 57 by F lei NO2 NO2 NO2 replacing Intermediate F with F F F and respectively.
Compounds 62, 70 and 67 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 68 by replacing Intermediate F with F F F and F
respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediates 45-b and 45-b':
CI CICI
DIPEA
01 NO2 0 NO22 io NO2 45-a 1-b 45-b =,, 45-b' \
iN NJ N
Boc Boo/ Boo/
Scheme 45 To a solution of Intermediate 45-a (500 mg, 2.8 mmol) and DIPEA (1.5 ml, 8.5 mmol) in DMSO was added intermediate 1-b AcOH (709 mg, 3.1 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 110 C for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, - and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate.
The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided Intermediates isomers 45-b as a yellow solid and 45-b' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 46-b:
CI CI
45-b Zn . lei NH2 BrCN N
' i 46-a ' 46-blei s,.NH N
')--:
N
Boc/N
/
Boc Scheme 46 Step 1: Intermediate 46-a To a solution of Intermediate 45-b' (460 mg, 1.2 mmol) in methanol (8.0 ml) and water (1 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.9 g) and zinc dust (394 mg, 6.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 46-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 46-b To a solution of Intermediate 46-a (420 mg, 1.2 mmol) in Et0H (12.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (158 mg, 1.5 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 46-b as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 47-b:
a 46-b DIP "--N
EA, HATU N HCI
Sr¨A _________________________________________ s 47-a 47-b 27-a Boo Scheme 47 Step 1: Intermediate 47-a To a solution of 5-(oxazol-5-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 27-a (233 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) was added HATU (454 mg, 1.2 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 46-b (300 mg, 0.8 mmol) and DIPEA (417 pl, 2.4 mmol) in DMF
was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A
saturated =
aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 47-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 47-b To a solution of Intermediate 47-a (500 mg, 0.9 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 47-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 64:
DIPEA
47-b - 401 y NH SN
Cl Compound 64 Scheme 48 To a solution of Intermediate 47-b 2HCI (250 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (267 pl, 1.5 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (50 pl, 0.6 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 64 as a beige solid.
Compound 72 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 64 starting from Intermediate 45-b.
=
Compounds 63 and 65 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 64 by replacing CI
401 NO2 CI si NO2 le NO2 Intermediate F with F and CI F respectively.
Compounds 71 and 69 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 72 by replacing CI
lei NO2 CI si NO2 la NO2 Intermediate F with F and CI F respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediates 49-b and 49-b':
OMe OMe OMe DIPEA
la NO2 40 NO2 NO2 49-a 1-b 49-b 49-b' /N N
Boc Bod Bod Scheme 49 To a solution of Intermediate 49-a (500 mg, 2.9 mmol) and DIPEA (1.5 ml, 8.7 mmol) in DMSO was added Intermediate 1-b AcOH (727 mg, 3.2 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 110 C for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided Intermediates isomers 49-b as a yellow solid and 49-b' as a yellow solid.
=
Synthesis of Intermediate 50-b:
OMe OMe 49-b Zn lei NH2 ' BrCN
50-a 50-b Boci BocN
Scheme 50 Step 1: Intermediate 50-a To a solution of Intermediate 49-b' (400 mg, 1.1 mmol) in methanol (7.0 ml) and water (1 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.7 g) and zinc dust (346 mg, 5.3 mmol) and the reaction Was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 50-a as a purple solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 50-b To a solution of Intermediate 50-a (370 mg, 1.1 mmol) in Et0H (10.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (141 mg, 1.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 50-b as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 51-b:
DIPEA, HATU N n HCI N n 50-b __________ S
51-a 51-b 27-a N Boo Scheme 51 Step 1: Intermediate 51-a To a solution of 5-(oxazol-5-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 27-a (207 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) was added HATU (310 mg, 0.8 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 50-b (370 mg, 0.8 mmol) and DIPEA (428 pl, 2.4 mmol) in DMF
was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 51-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 51-b To a solution of Intermediate 51-a (450 mg, 0.8 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 51-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 87:
OMe DIPEA N
51-b ______________________________________ $")--NH
cI
Compound 87 fo Scheme 52 To a solution of Intermediate 51-b 2HCI (400 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (466 pl, 2.6 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (87 pl, 1.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 87 as a white solid.
Compound 88 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 87 starting from Intermediate 49-b.
Synthesis of Intermediates 53-b and 53-b':
NO io DIPEA NO2 40 NO2 NH NH
53-a 1-b 53-b 53-b' 15 Boc Bac/ Boo/
Scheme 53 To a solution of Intermediate 53-a (405 mg, 2.9 mmol) and DIPEA (2.5 ml, 14.4 mmol) in acetonitrile was added Intermediate 1-b (650 mg, 2.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 20 70 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried 25 over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided Intermediates isomers 53-b as a yellow solid and 53-b' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 54-b:
53-b Zn .40 NH2 ' ________________________________ BrCN
NH
54-a s, 54-b Boc/ Boc Scheme 54 Step 1: Intermediate 54-a To a solution of Intermediate 53-b' (430 mg, 1.2 mmol) in methanol and stirred under nitrogen was added 10% Pd/C (263 mg, 0.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with H2 and stirred for 24 hours under H2. The reaction was then filtered through celite and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 54-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 54-b To a solution of Intermediate 54-a (400 mg, 1.3 mmol) in Et0H (12.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (167 mg, 1.6 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 54-b as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 55-c:
--"CO2H
DIPEA, HATU N NaOH N
54-b S---Nco2me S
HO CO2Me 55-10 55-c 55-a Boc Bo Scheme 55 Step 1: Intermediate 55-b To a solution of Intermediate 55-a (371 mg, 2.0 mmol) in DMF (9.0 ml) was added HATU
(1.0 g, 2.7 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (620 mg, 1.8 mmol) and DIPEA (949 pl, 5.4 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 55-b as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 55-c To a solution of Intermediate 55-b (533 mg, 1.0 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml) was added a IN aqueous solution of NaOH (2.0 ml, 2 mmol), the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature and then acidified with a 1N aqueous solution of HCI. A
precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 55-c as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Compound 101:
DIPEA, HATU, N H HCI N H
55-c EtNH2 40 SThrN
2,i7.7 56-a 56-b BoC
0 , 56-b DIPEA = N _________ H
CI
Compound 101 Scheme 56 Step 1: Intermediate 56-a To a solution of Intermediate 55-c (80 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) was added HATU
(92 mg, 0.2 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes DIPEA (84 pl, 0.5 mmol) and ethyl amine (97 pl, 0.2 mmol) were added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 56-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 56-b To a solution of Intermediate 56-a (82 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 56-b.HCI as a beige solid.
= Step 3: Compound 101 To a solution of Intermediate 56-b HCI (70 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (80 pl, 0.5 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (15 pl, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 101 as an off-white solid.
Compounds 85, 91, and 102 were prepared, starting from Intermediate 55-c, in a \
_) ______________________________________________________________ NH2 0 / \
NH
2 with N
NH
similar manner to Compound 101 by replacing , / and NH
respectively.
Synthesis of Compound 98:
o o N
HCI io DIPEA N el 55-b ¨1\1H S---NCO2Me =_NH Se-NCO2Me .57-a µ,.
\
',7.7 CI)LN
Compound 98 N N
H
. i4o Scheme 57 Step 1: Intermediate 57-a To a solution of Intermediate 55-b (100 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 57-a.HC1 as a beige solid.
Step 2: Compound 98 To a solution of Intermediate 57-al-ICI (88 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (103 pl, 0.6 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (19 pl, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 98 as a beige solid.
Compound 100 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 98 starting from Intermediate 55-c.
Synthesis of Intermediate 58-c:
P, N Z N
54-b DIEA HATU io S"--"'NO2 __ n =S--HO S/ NO2 58-b 58-c 58-a BoC BoC
Scheme 58 Step 1: Intermediate 58-b To a solution of Intermediate 58-a (445 mg, 2.6 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) was added HATU
(1.3 g, 3.5 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (800 mg, 2.4 mmol) and DIPEA (1.2 ml, 7.0 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 58-b as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 58-c To a solution of Intermediate 58-b (1.1 g, 2.3 mmol) in methanol (10.0 ml) and water (1 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.2 g) and zinc dust (453 mg, 6.9 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 58-c as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 105:
58-c DIPEA N'> HCI N __ S io CI
59-a 59-h BoC
I N C)//
59-b DPEA =S--NN
CI
< Compound 105 Scheme 59 Step 1: Intermediate 59-a To a solution of Intermediate 58-c (150 mg, 0.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (4.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (103 pl, 0.6 mmol) and propionyl chloride (34 pl, 0.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight.
A
10 saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 59-a as a beige solid.
15 Step 2: Intermediate 59-b To a solution of Intermediate 59-a (149 mg, 0.3 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (2.0 ml, 8.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide 20 Intermediate 59-13-FICI as a beige solid.
Step 3: Compound 105 To a solution of Intermediate 59-b HCI (121 mg, 0.3 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (138 pl, 0.8 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (26 pl, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer-was separated, =
washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaNC03 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 105 as a white solid.
Compound 106, 111, and 112 were prepared, starting from Intermediate 58-c, in a = 0 C1) similar manner to Compound 105 by replacing CI with11) HO2C¨ Cl N in the presence of HATU and respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 60-b:
DIPEA, HATU N HCI N
54-b= =SM,F
HO S
60-a 2;?... 60-b F
4-a BocN
Scheme 60 Step 1: Intermediate 60-a To a solution of Intermediate 4-a (109 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) was added HATU
(274 mg, 0.7 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (190 mg, 0.5 mmol) and DIPEA (291 pl, 1.6 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 60-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 60-b To a solution of Intermediate 60-a (170 mg, 0.3 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 60-13-I-ICI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 15:
DIPEA
60-b = _____________________________________________________ 0 401 NH SF
Cl Compound 15 Scheme 61 To a solution of Intermediate 60-b.HCI (136 mg, 0.3 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (294 pl, 1.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (33 pl, 0.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 15 as a white solid.
Compound 17 was prepared, starting from Intermediate 53-b, in a similar manner to Compound 15.
Compound 18 was prepared, starting from Intermediate 53-b, in a similar manner to HO2C s Compound 17, by replacing F with 0 Compounds 16, 29, 30, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 55, 66, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 92, 93, 94, 103, 104, 107 and 115 were prepared, starting from Intermediate 54-b, in a similar \ F
HO2C -s)------( manner to Compound 15, by replacing F for the synthesis of \
HO2C s , Intermediate 60-a with 0 , 0¨// , \\ / N
HO2C's--F. --HO2C0- . ¨, N Hn 2r,. -- Q\\N HO2C-0¨ HO2C 41 CN
' S' 9 - 9 N
/ _____________________________________ HO2C le 0-2/N HO2C---- )--OMe 4i HO2C-s , = , ___ 1102C-CO
HO2C S HOC s HO2C s NH , , , (0 N
____ __,.,(N ____ ,.\, HO2C-CO HO2C s'\ 'N HO2C s z '0 HOC s ' 'N
N N-Ic 0-1c \ , N=--c , / \
s . HO2C
s"HO2C "S ---_, and HO2C s Br . , respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 62-c:
pyridine __ ._ Pd(PPh3)4, K2003 HO2C 5)( ......, 0--.... hydrochloride \ , 0 s \ N
HO2C s Br HO2C
' 0¨ NH
' =¨, 62-a ----\---(),B_ (N
62-c 62-d 62-b Scheme 62 = CA 2965813 2017-05-02 Step 1: Intermediate 62-c To a degassed solution of Intermediate 62-a (1.0 g, 4.8 mmol), intermediate 62-b (1.2 g, 5.1 mmol) and potassium carbonate (6.7 g, 48.3 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (40.2 ml) and water (8.0 ml) was added Pd(PPh3)4 (279 mg, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was heated at 80 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. Dichloromethane was added, the organic layer was separated and the aqueous phase was acidified to PH 3-4 with HCI. A precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 62-c as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 62-d To a solution of Intermediate 62-c (790 mg, 3.4 mmol) in DMSO (2.0 ml) was added pyridine hydrochloride (1:9 g, 16.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 160 C for 15 minutes and then cooled to room temperature. Water was added; a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 62-d as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 63-b:
= DIPEA, HATU ________________ N ___ / I
N / I
54-b ` ¨NH S S
yl NH HCI
NH
HO S / NH
/ 63-a 0 63-b 0 62-d BoC
Scheme 63 Step 1: Intermediate 63-a To a solution of Intermediate 62-d (194 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMF (1.0 ml) was added HATU
(333 mg, 0.9 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (200 mg, 0.6 mmol) and DIPEA (408 pl, 2.3 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 63-a as a beige solid.
=
Step 2: Intermediate 63-b To a solution of Intermediate 63-a (319 mg, 0.6 mmol) in Me0H (2.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.5 ml, 14.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 63-13-1-1C1 as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 97:
DIPEA _________________________________________ / I
63-b ________________________ - NH S N
CI
Compound 97 Scheme 64 To a solution of Intermediate 63-b HCI (281 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (306 pl, 1.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (57 pl, 0.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 2 hours. Water was added; a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 97 as a white solid.
Compound 96, was prepared in a similar to Compound 97, by replacing Intermediate HO S / NH
/
for the synthesis of Intermediate 63-a with HO2C s N
=
Compounds 95 and 99, were prepared in a similar manner to Compounds 96 and 97, 0¨
( B N
¨/
by replacing for the synthesis of Intermediates 62-c and 62-d with /FN\\ 0 =
Compounds 108 and 109, were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 95, by N\\_0 ¨\ \
replacing for the synthesis of Intermediate 62-c with /<
\
and ____________________________ respectively.
Compounds 75 and 113, were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 95, by _cN
B
replacing ________ for the synthesis of Intermediate 62-c with ,\\NI 0, Crri B N N
D N
and respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 65-d:
PPh KCO
( 3)4, 2 3 EtO2Cs2-- Pd"Br EtO2C s LiOH HO2C s (H0)2B4 1"\I
65-c 65-d 65-b Scheme 65 Step 1: Intermediate 65-c To a degassed solution of Intermediate 63-a (1.0 g, 4.2 mmol), intermediate 65-b (575 mg, 4.7 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.2 g, 8.5 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (35.4 ml) and water (7.1 ml) was added Pd(PPh3)4 (246 mg, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was heated in at 80 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. Water and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 65-c as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 65-d To a solution of Intermediate 65-c (991 mg, 4.2 mmol) in THF (10.6 ml) and water (10.6 ml) was added LiOH (509 mg, 21.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was acidified to PH 3-4 with 6N HCI. A
precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with water and diethyl ether, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 65-d as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 66-b:
54-b=
DIPEA, HATU ____________________ / I 77 HCI N
1\j¨NH S r\r¨NH S
HO S/ /¨\ N 66-a 66-b 65-d C
Bo Scheme 66 Step 1: Intermediate 66-a To a solution of Intermediate 65-d (180 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMF (1.0 ml) was added HATU
(333 mg, 0.9 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (200 mg, 0.6 mmol) and DIPEA (408 pl, 2.3 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 66-a as a beige solid.
=
Step 2: Intermediate 66-b To a solution of Intermediate 66-a (309 mg, 0.6 mmol) in Me0H (2.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.5 ml, 14.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 66-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 110:
DIPEA I
66-b ____________________________ =NH
N
CI
Compound 110 = /740 Scheme 67 To a solution of Intermediate 66-b 2HCI (272 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (306 pl, 1.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (57 pl, 0.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 2 hours. Water was added; a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 110 as a white solid.
Compounds 74, 90 and 125 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 110, by (HO)2B -- (H0)2B¨N¨) replacing ¨/ for the synthesis of Intermediate 66-a with N ________________________ ( (H0)2B-0 (H0)2B ____ \ N
¨ and ---/ respectively.
Compounds 124 and 126 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 110, by ,Boc (H0)2B
replacing ¨/ for the synthesis of Intermediate 66-a with \¨
and respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 68-b:
Cu20, Cs2CO3 HO2Cs2----Br HO2C s N1,7) HNr N-62-a 1\1-68-a 68-b Scheme 68 To a degassed solution of Intermediate 62-a (500 mg, 2.4 mmol), Cu20 (23 mg, 0.2 mmol), cesium carbonate (1.6 g, 4.8 mmol) in DMF was added intermediate 68-a(110 mg, 1.6 mmol) and the reaction was heated in at 110 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added;
a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration to provide Intermediate 68-b as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 69-b:
DIPEA, HATU N HCI N
54-b _____________________________________________ = ¨NH
HO
S/ N'Nj 69-a 69-b 68-b BoC
Scheme 69 Step 1: Intermediate 69-a To a solution of Intermediate 68-b (138 mg, 0.7 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) was added HATU
(269 mg, 0.7 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (200 mg, 0.5 mmol) and DIPEA (248 pl, 1.4 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 69-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 69-b To a solution of Intermediate 69-a (90 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 69-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 89:
DIPEA N
69-b > NH S"---NN--CI
2?-7 Compound 89 Scheme 70 To a solution of Intermediate 69-b 2HCI (90 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (113 pl, 0.6 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (21 pl, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 2 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 89 as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 71-d:
Eto2c s LDA
Bu3SnCI
EtO2C s SnBu3 Pd(PPh3)4, CsF Eto2c._ks ,Boc c N N ,Boc 71-a Br __ 71-b 71-d 71-c LION¨N
71-d HO2C s Boc 71-e Scheme 71 Step 1: Intermediate 71-b To a solution of ethyl thiophene-2-carboxylate 71-a (2.0 g, 12.8 mmol) in THF
(13.0 ml) cooled to -78 C was added LDA (7.0 ml, 14.1 mmol) and after stirring for 1 hour, Bu3SnCI (4.4 g, 13.5 mmol) in THF was added drop wise. The reaction was stirred at -70 C for 1 hour and room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 71-b as a colorless oil.
Step 2: Intermediate 71-d To a solution of Intermediate 71-b (500 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) were sequentially added Intermediate 71-c (269 mg, 0.9 mmol), copper (I) iodide (36 mg, 0.2 mmol) Pd(PPh3)4 (108 mg, 0.1 mmol) and CsF (284 mg, 1.9 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 120 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 71-d as a white solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 71-e To a solution of Intermediate 71-d (200 mg, 0.8 mmol) in THF: water 1:1 (8.0 ml) was added LiOH (91 mg, 3.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 60 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. Diethyl ether was added; the aqueous phase was separated and acidified to PH ¨ 3 with 2N HCI. A precipitated formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 71-e as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 72-b:
DIPEA, HATU N / I HCI N __ /
54-b _______________________________________________________ =S =S
NN NN
N.Boc HO
2 S N,Boc 72-b 71-e BoC
Scheme 72 Step 1: Intermediate 72-a To a solution of Intermediate 71-e (166 mg, 0.7 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
was added HATU (290 mg, 0.8 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (187 mg, 0.5 mmol) and DIPEA (286 pl, 1.6 mmol) in DMF was added.
The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 72-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 72-b To a solution of Intermediate 72-a (135 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (4.0 ml, 16.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 72-b.2H0I as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 117:
DIPEA
72-b ___________________________ =
NH S
N"
Cl Compound 117 fo Scheme 73 To a solution of Intermediate 72-b 2HCI (120 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to -78 00 were sequentially added DIPEA (127 pl, 0.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (24 pl, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at -78 C for 15 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 117 as a white solid.
Compounds 123, 128 and 31 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 117, by _N oc Br p Br replacing \ for the synthesis of Intermediate 71-e with HN¨Boc _N Boc Br 11N Br ¨( ¨4\11-1 and respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 74-c:
. Pd(OAc)2, K3PO4, S-Phos /
HO2C s B HO2C s 74-a 74-b 74-c Scheme 74 To a degassed solution of Intermediate 74-a (500 mg, 1.9 mmol), intermediate 74-b (239 mg, 1.3 mmol) and potassium phosphate (557 mg, 2.6 mmol) in a 5:1 mixture of 1,4-dioxane:water (5.0 ml) was added Pd(OAc)2 (15 mg, 0.06 mmol), S-Phos (54 mg, 0.1 mmol) and the reaction was heated at 100 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. Water and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated. The aqueous phase was acidified to PH-1, extracted twice with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 74-c as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 75-b:
DIPEA, HATU HCI
S
N>= io 54-bJ'>¨NH S io HO2C s CN 75-a CN
75-b 27 CN
74-c =
BoC
Scheme 75 Step 1: Intermediate 75-a To a solution of Intermediate 74-c (130 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) was added HATU
(232 mg, 0.6 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (149 mg, 0.4 mmol) and DIPEA (229 pl, 1.3 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 75-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 75-b To a solution of Intermediate 75-a (135 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (4.0 ml, 16.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatjles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide = 20 Intermediate 75-b.HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 118:
DIPEA io N I
75-b S 40 C
CI N
N¨ Compound 118 Scheme 76 To a solution of Intermediate 75-b HCI (119 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
C were sequentially added DIPEA (137 pl, 0.8 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (26 pl, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 15 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 118 as a white solid.
Compound 122 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 118, by replacing ON
I 4.0 ON Br 11 for the synthesis of Intermediate 74-c with Synthesis of Intermediate 77-d:
j/ pd(pph,)4, K2CO3 LiOH \
MeO2C¨ ¨B(OH)2 N HO2C-Br ¨C
¨N
77-a 77-b 77-c 77-d Scheme 77 Step 1: Intermediate 77-c To a degassed solution of Intermediate 77-a (200 mg, 1.1 mmol), intermediate 77-b (155 mg, 1.0 mmol) and potassium carbonate (270 mg, 1.9 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8.1 ml) and water (1.6 ml) was added Pd(PPh3)4 (56 mg, 0.05 mmol) and the reaction was heated in at 80 C for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. Water and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 77-c as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 77-d To a solution of Intermediate 77-c (215 mg, 1.0 mmol) in THE: water 1:1 (5.0 ml) was added LiOH (117 mg, 4.9 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added. The aqueous phase was separated, acidified to PH-1 with 6N HCI and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 77-d as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 78-b:
N HCI N
54-b DIPEA, HATU =N= H
N
HO2C s 78-a 78-b NN
77-d BoC
Scheme 78 Step 1: Intermediate 78-a To a solution of Intermediate 77-d (180 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) was added HATU
(453 mg, 1.2 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (272 mg, 0.8 mmol) and DIPEA (416 pl, 2.4 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 78-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 78-b To a solution of Intermediate 78-a (420 mg, 0.8 mmol) in Me0H (2.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (4.75 ml, 19.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 78-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 127:
DIPEA N ___ / I
78-b _________________________ - io CI
Compound 127 84o =
Scheme 79 To a solution of Intermediate 78-b 2HCI (370 mg, 0.8 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C C were sequentially added DIPEA (415 çjI, 2.4 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (71 1_11, 0.9 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 1 hour. Water was added; a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 127 as a white solid.
Compound 76 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 127, by replacing _N 1\1=NI
Br CI
N for the synthesis of Intermediate 77-d with Synthesis of Intermediate 80-d:
Eto2c- ¨Br Pd(PPh3)4, Cul, CsF
LIOH
_______________________________________________________ Ho2c-Et02 \
C z SnBu3 80-a 80-b 80-c 80-d Scheme 80 Step 1: Intermediate 80-c To a solution of Intermediate 80-a (232 mg, 1.0 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) were sequentially added Intermediate 80-d (400 mg, 1.1 mmol), copper (I) iodide (38 mg, 0.2 mmol), Pd(PPh3).4 (114 mg, 0.1 mmol) and CsF (284 mg, 1.9 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 80 C for 2 hours and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Diethyl ether was added to the residue; a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 80-c as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 80-d To a solution of Intermediate 80-c (230 mg, 1.0 mmol) in THF: water 1:1 (10.0 ml) was added LiOH (71 mg, 3.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed by reduced pressure. A precipitated formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 80-d as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 81-b:
54-b=
DIPEA, HATU N / HCI N
N
N
¨N --N
HO2C s N 81-a 81-b 80-d BoC
Scheme 81 Step 1: Intermediate 81-a To a solution of Intermediate 80-d (106 mg, 0.4 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) was added HATU
(250 mg, 0.6 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (150 mg, 0.4 mmol) and DIPEA (230 pl, 1.3 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 81-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 81-b To a solution of Intermediate 81-a (200 mg, 0.4 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 81-b-2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 114:
DIPEA N I
81-b NH S
CI
N
Compound 114 fr.0 Scheme 82 To a solution of Intermediate 81-b 2HCI (200 mg, 0.4 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C C were sequentially added DIPEA (69 pl, 0.4 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (33 pl, 0.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 15 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 114 as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 83-c:
=
K2CO3 NaOH
EtO2C s Br EtO2C s Nr) HO2C s N
HNr) 83-a )/µ 0 0 83-b 83-c Scheme 83 Step 1: Intermediate 83-b To a solution of Intermediate 83-a (500 mg, 2.1 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10.0 ml) were sequentially added pyrrolidin-2-one (217 mg, 2.6 mmol), copper (I) iodide (81 mg, 0.4 mmol), N1,N2-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine (94 mg, 1.1 mmol) and potassium carbonate = 20 (882 mg, 6.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 120 C
overnight and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 83-b as a white solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 83-c To a solution of Intermediate 83-b (440 mg, 1.8 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml) and Me0H
(1.0 ml) was added a 1.0 N aqueous solution of NaOH (3.7 ml, 3.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. 10% aqueous citric acid and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 83-c as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 84-b:
o DIPEA, HATU N HCI N
54-h _______________ =¨NH ao 84-a 84-h '7.7 83-c BoC
Scheme 84 Step 1: Intermediate 84-a To a solution of Intermediate 83-c (100 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) was added HATU
(195 mg, 0.5 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (135 mg, 0.4 mmol) and DIPEA (207 pl, 1.2 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 84-a as a white solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 84-b To a solution of Intermediate 84-a (110 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 84-b-HCI as. a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Compound 121:
DIPEA N
84-b > __ NH
CI
Compound 121 g-40 Scheme 85 To a solution of Intermediate 84-b HCI (66 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
C were sequentially added DIPEA (98 pl, 0.6 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (14 pl, 0.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 15 minutes. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 121 as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 86-c:
EtO2C s SnBu3 ______________________ b Pd(PPh3)4 H EtO2C,k OH
S N =
Br ____________________________ (_ \
71-b 86-b 86-a LiOH \ OH
86-b HO2C s z I
86-c Scheme 86 Step 1: Intermediate 86-b To a solution of Intermediate 71-b (600 mg, 1.4 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) were sequentially added Intermediate 86-a (241 mg, 1.3 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (108 mg, 0.1 mmol) (148 mg, 0.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 120 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 86-b as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 86-c To a solution of Intermediate 86-b (280 mg, 1.1 mmol) in THF:water 1:1 (6.2 ml) was added LiOH (102 mg, 4.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Ethyl acetate was added; the aqueous phase was separated and acidified to PH
3 with 2N HCI. A precipitated formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 86-c as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 87-b:
DIPEA, HATU N I N, I
54-b io S
OH N N OH
OH HCI N N
HO2C s N 87-a 87-b 86-c BoC
Scheme 87 Step 1: Intermediate 87-a To a solution of Intermediate 86-c (103 mg, 0,4 mmol) in DMF (1.0 ml) cooled to 0 C was added HATU (250 mg, 0.7 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (150 mg, 0.4 mmol) and DIPEA (230 pl, 1.3 mmol) in DMF was added.
The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 87-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 87-b To a solution of Intermediate 87-a (52 mg, 0.1 mmol) in Me0H (0.3 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (557 pl, 2.2 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 87-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 146:
DIPEA N / I
87-b NH S , N
N
CI
Compound 146 Scheme 88 To a solution of Intermediate 87-b 2HCI (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (0.6 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (53 pl, 0.3 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (9 pl, 0.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 146 as a white solid.
Compounds 132, 133, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 147, 149, 150, 151, 153 and 154 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 146, by replacing cOH
N-1\1=\
Br N /2 CI N
for the synthesis of Intermediate 86-c with 1/
Br N¨ NH2 HN¨ HN¨ NH 2 \ N_H( N_( N¨ N¨
N
CI /71 CI /II Cl CI _____ Br 1/N
H N¨
HN¨ HN--( Br S Br Br N OH CI N Br ___ ¨
N _________________________________________________________ Br Br N
N_\ H2 CI N I \ N_ I \
CI ______________________________ Br H N and n respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 89-c:
Cu NaBH4 EtO2C s Br EtO2CsF
EtO2C s 111-FF, CO2Et OH
83-a Br CO2Et 89-a 89-b LiOH
89-b ________________________________ HO2C--Ns OH
89-c Scheme 89 Step 1: Intermediate 89-a A suspension of copper (1.1 g, 17.0 mmol) and ethyl 2-bromo-2,2-difluoroacetate (1.7 g, 8.5 mmo() in DMSO was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, intermediate 83-a (1.0 g, 4.2 mmol) was added and the reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 89-a as a colorless oil.
Step 2: Intermediate 89-b To a solution of Intermediate 89-a (1.0 g, 3.6 mmol) in Me0H (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C was added sodium borohydride (68 mg, 1.8 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in THF (5 ml) and water (0.1 ml), the solution was cooled to 0 C and sodium borohydride (18 mg, 0.5 mmol) was added. After stirring for 2.5 hours at room temperature a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate were added, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 89-b as a colorless oil.
Step 3: Intermediate 89-c To a solution of Intermediate 89-b (250 mg, 1.1 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8.0 ml) was added an aqueous solution of LiOH 1.0M (2.1 ml, 2.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Diethyl ether was added; the aqueous phase was separated and acidified to PH - 3 with 2N HCI and then extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 89-c as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 90-b:
o DIPEA, HATU / HCI r\I F
54-b io S FF 2¨NH S
OH
90-a 90-b OH 27-7 OH
89-c Boc Scheme 90 Step 1: Intermediate 90-a To a solution of Intermediate 89-c (158 mg, 0.7 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
was added HATU (333 mg, 0.9 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-h (200 mg, 0.6 mmol) and DIPEA (306 pl, 1.7 mmol) in DMF was added.
The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 90-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 90-b To a solution of Intermediate 90-a (40 mg, 0.07 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (1.0 ml, 4.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 90-b.HCI as a white solid.
Synthesis of Compound 130:
DIPEA ________________________________________ / I
90-b , __ NH S
CI
OH
Compound 130 Scheme 91 To a solution of Intermediate 90-b HCI (35 mg, 0.07 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (39 pl, 0.2 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (6.7 pl, 0.08 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at -78 C for 15 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 130 as a white solid.
Table 1: Examples of compounds of Formula I
Compound Structure MS (m/z) N NH
[M+H]=556.4 to x,i1 N1 NH
[M+Hr=570.3 fo X') N1 [M+H]=570.4 N
Xr\li NH S"Nr\
4 [M+H]=587.3 =
N
-NH SN
[M+H]-=587.3 N
N
[M+H]=505.3 2?-7 fr%
(IN
XS>NHS*
[M+Hr=563.4 N
X)1 NH SN
[M+H]=535.4 fo >F1 N
SMõ-F
9 [M+H]=584.4 µ)-D
N
>71\11 S-MF
[M+H]=584.4 NJ
>C[1 110 NH S'*
11 [M+H]=563.3 0(1 \> NH SM,.F
Synthesis of Compound 10:
TEA HBr N
11-b ___________ n 0 jbz " \ 12-a Compound 10 =ii "--\( Scheme 12 Step 1: Intermediate 12-a To a solution of Intermediate 11-13- HCI (100 mg,0.14 mmol) in THE (2 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (122 pl, 0.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (14 pL, 0.17 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 30 minutes at 0 C. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 12-a as a white foam.
Step 2: Compound 10 To a solution of Intermediate 12-a (100 mg,0.14 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in AcOH (2 ml) and the solution was then stirred until completion at 0 C. Diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 10 as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 13-b:
DIPEA, HATU "N , N _____________________________________________________________ N
10-d HO HCI
0 Cbz= NH S-"Nr-F _____ 13-a13-b 4-a = N2D 1-21N)D
Bod Scheme 13 Step 1: Intermediate 13-a To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (49 mg, 0.27 mmol) in DMF (3.5 ml) was added HATU (123 mg, 0.32 mmol), after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 10-d (150 mg, 0.25 mmol) and DIPEA (130 pl, 0.74 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 13-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 13-b To a solution of Intermediate 13-a (110 mg, 0.14 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 13-b. HCI as a white solid.
Synthesis of Compound 9:
TEA N
13 b __________ >rY N¨NH HBr 0 Cbz =
CI
( 14-a Compound 9 Scheme 14 Step 1: Intermediate 14-a To a solution of Intermediate 13-b.HCI (100 mg, 0.14 mmol) in THF (2 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (122 pl, 0.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (14 pL, 0.17 mmol) and the solution was stirred at 0 C for 15 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed With brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 14-a as a beige foam.
Step 2: Compound 9 To a solution of Intermediate 14-a (100 mg, 0.14 mmol) ) in dichloromethane (1.5 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in AcOH (2 ml) and the solution was then stirred until completion at 0 C. Diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 9 as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 15-b:
CY SI NaBH(OAc)3 xN
NO2 NaHCO3 401 NO2 CbzCI bpz >!-NH2 15-a 15-b Scheme 15 Step 1: Intermediate 15-a To a solution of Intermediate 1-a (1.0 g, 5.9 mmol) and (S)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-amine (600 mg, 5.9 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.8 g, 8.9 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. A
saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and dichloromethane were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 15-a as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 15-b To a solution of Intermediate 15-a (1.46 g, 5.74 mmol) in dichloromethane (15.0 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (8.0 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (1.2 ml, 8.6 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred until completion.
The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 15-b as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 16-d:
No2 NH2 DI >1;1 15-b PEA >lbz Cbz= Zn n6 16-a 16-b 16-c 13oc Boo Boc BrCN X--1,,j bz 5 N, \¨NH2 C
16-d 'Bac Scheme 16 Step 1: Intermediate 16-b To a solution of Intermediate 15-b (1.24 g, 3.2 mmol) and DIPEA (2.0 g, 16.0 mmol) in acetonitrile (20 ml) was added a solution of Intermediate 16-a (680 mg, 3.2 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 ml). After the addition was completed, the reaction was refluxed for 48 hours and then cooled to room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 16-b as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 16-c To a solution of Intermediate 16-b (860 mg, 1.5 mmol) in Me0H were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.3 g, 25.0 mmol) and zinc dust (484 mg, 7.4 mmol). The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature and then filtered over celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of NaNC03 and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 16-c as a beige foam.
Step 3: Intermediate 16-d To a solution of Intermediate 16-c (718 mg, 1.3 mmol) in Et0H (10 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (166 mg, 1.6 mmol) and the reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 16-d as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 17-b:
N
16-d DIPEA, HATU S--0 Cbz NH ¨Nr.-F HCI
Nj¨NH
HO
/ 17-a 17-b 4-a 'Boo Scheme 17 Step 2: Intermediate 17-a To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (267 mg, 1.5 mmol) in DMF (3.5 ml) was added HATU (618 mg, 1.6 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 16-d (720 mg, 1.25 mmol) and DIPEA (655 pl, 3.0 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 17-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 17-b To a solution of Intermediate 17-a (910 mg, 1.25 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 17-b-HCI as a white solid.
Synthesis of Compound 1:
TEA HBr N N
17-b =NH S-- - >r--N =0 Cbz Thõ.-F
NH F
18-a Compound 1 tO tO
Scheme 18 Step 1: Intermediate 18-a To a solution of Intermediate 17-b=HCI (937 mg, 1.4 mmol) in THF (14 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added TEA (2.0 ml, 14.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (179 pL, 2.2 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 15 minutes at 0 C. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 18-a as a beige foam.
Step 2: Compound 1 To a solution of Intermediate 18-a (940 mg, 1.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in AcOH (5 ml) and the solution was then stirred until completion at 0 C. Diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 1 as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 19-b:
0' SI DIPEA
=
1-a 19-a 19-b ri I3oc Boc Scheme 19 To a solution of 4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzaldehyde 1-a (600 mg, 3.6 mmol) and DIPEA
(2.5 ml, 14.4 mmol) in acetonitrile was added a solution of 19-a (700 mg, 2.9 mmol) in acetonitrile.
After the addition was completed, the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature.
Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The =
combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 19-b as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 20-d:
19-b ____________________ NaBH(OAc)3 x-N 10 NO2 NaHCO3 6bz 2 NH CbzCI NH
20-a 20-b Boc Boc X
Zn >1;1 110 BrCN Y
= Cbz NH Cbz 20-c 20-d Boc Boo Scheme 20 Step 1: Intermediate 20-a To a solution of Intermediate 19-b (700 mg, 1.8 mmol) and (S)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-amine (220 mg, 2.2 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (570 mg, 2.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and dichloromethane were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane.
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 20-a as a yellow solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 20-b To a solution of Intermediate 20-a (850 mg, 1.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (10 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (286 pl, 2.0 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichlormethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 20-b as a yellow solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 20-c To a solution of Intermediate 20-b (900 mg, 1.5 mmol) in Me0H were sequentially added ammonium chloride (2.4 g, 44.4 mmol) and zinc dust (484 mg, 7.4 mmol). The reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature and then filtered over celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 20-c as a beige foam.
Step 4: Intermediate 20-d To a solution of Intermediate 20-c (850 mg, 1.5 mmol) in Et0H (10 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (1.9 mg, 1.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirred until completion at room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 20-d as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 21-b:
DIPEA, HATU =HCI __________________ >n 20-d _________________________ NH s---NrF ibz /S
0 Cbz HO / 21-a 21-b 4-a Eloc Scheme 21 Step 1: Intermediate 21-a To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (50 mg, 0.27 mmol) in DMF (1.5 ml) was added HATU (123 mg, 0.323 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 20-d (150 mg, 0.25 mmol) and DIPEA (130 pl, 0.75 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred until completion at room temperature. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 21-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 21-b To a solution of Intermediate 21-a (155 mg, 0.20 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 21-13=HCI as a white solid.
Synthesis of Compound 12:
TEA / HBr /
21-b _______ S
0 >nbz Nr\i¨NH S F ______________________________________________________ F
22-a Compound 12 tO (0 Scheme 22 Step 1: Intermediate 22-a To a solution of Intermediate 21-13-FICI (133 mg, 0.2 mmol) in THE (2 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (170 pl, 1.0 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (19 pL, 0.24 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 15 minutes at 0 C. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic = 69 extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 22-a as a beige foam.
Step 2: Compound 12 To a solution of Intermediate 22-a (144 mg, 0.20 mmol) ) in dichloronnethane (1.5 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in AcOH (2 ml) and the solution was then stirred until completion at 0 C. Diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 12 as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 23-d:
40 No2 io c NO 2 io NO2o-__HO
NaBH4 imidazole TBSO
_ NH NH TBSCI
NH
1-c' ( 23-a ( 23-b ( N N N
Boci Boci Boc 23-b ________________________ 2 NH
H2 Pd/C TBSO =BrCN µ TBSO
=NI--NH2 ,..
NH N
23-c ( 23-d .)-.:
N N
Bocl . BoC
Scheme 23 Step 1: Intermediate 23-a To a solution of Intermediate 1-c' (2.0 g, 5.3 mmol) in ethanol (200 ml) was added sodium borohydride (302 mg, 8.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 was slowly added and after stirring for 15 minutes volatiles were removed under reduced pressure.
Ethyl acetate was added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 23-a as a beige foam.
Step 2: Intermediate 23-b To a solution of Intermediate 23-a (2.0 g, 5.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (26 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added imidazole (433 mg, 6.4 mmol) and tert-butylchlorodimethylsilane (879 mg, 5.8 mmol). The reaction was then warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 23-b as beige oil.
Step 3: Intermediate 23-c To a solution of Intermediate 23-b (2.6 g, 5.3 mmol) in methanol and stirred under nitrogen was added 10% Pd/C (1.1 g, 0.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with H2 and stirred for 24 hours under H2. The reaction was then filtered through celite and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 23-c as a beige solid.
Step 4: Intermediate 23-d To a solution of Intermediate 23-c (850 mg, 1.8 mmol) in Et0H (19 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (244 mg, 2.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 23-d as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 24-b:
23-d DIPEA, HATU TBSO 40 ,NH S--- F HCI HO =N ____ Nr S<Jl F
HO / 24-a 24-b 4-a Bc) Scheme 24 Step 1: Intermediate 24-a To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 4-a (143 mg, 0.8 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to 0 C was added HATU (328 mg, 0.8 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 23-d (300 mg, 0.6 mmol) and DIPEA (323 pl, 1.8 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight.
A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over M004, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 24-a as a purple solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 24-b To a solution of Intermediate 24-a (207 mg, 0.3 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml) was added HCI in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and diethyl ether was added to the residue. A precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 24-b HCI as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 25-a:
o SO3 pyridine DIPEA complex N
24-b __________________ - HO
Nj¨NH __________________________________________________ .
= 0 ¨NH
F
F
CI
2'"== Compound 119 25-a =
Scheme 25 Step 1: 119 To a solution of Intermediate 24-b.HCI (150 mg, 0.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (279 pl, 1.6 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (26 pl, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at -78 C for 15 minutes. Water (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 119 as a white solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 25-a To a solution of Compound 119 (150 mg, 0.3 mmol) in THF (3.1 ml) and DMSO (219 pl) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (215 pl, 1.2 mmol) and a solution of SO3 pyridine complex (147 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMSO (1.0 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0 C
until completion. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, water was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 25-a as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 27:
25-a NaBH(OAc)3 N? _____________________________________________ NH S--Nr-F
NH
Compound 27 Scheme 26 To a solution of Intermediate 25-a (250 mg, 0.5 mmol) and morpholine (45 pl, 0.5 mmol) in THF (2.0 ml) were sequentially added acetic acid (15 pl, 0.2 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (164 mg, 0.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 27 as a white solid.
Compounds 34, 35, 36 and 37 were prepared starting from Intermediate 25-a, in a / \
___________________________________ similar manner to Compound 27, by replacing \ / with , HO,' 0--NI-12 HO,' 0¨NH2 HO
and INn2 respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 27-c:
I, HCI
23-d DPEA HATU TBSO 40 NNH S¨Nr-_-_-\ HO
N
S
HO
N 27-b 27-c <
27-a Bad Scheme 27 Step 1: Intermediate 27-b To a solution of 5-(oxazol-5-y0thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 27-a (385 mg, 1.9 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to 0.00 was added HATU (975 mg, 2.5 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 23-d (960 mg, 2.0 mmol) and DIPEA (1.0 ml, 5.9 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight.
A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 27-b as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 27-c To a solution of Intermediate 27-b (470 mg, 0.7 mmol) in Me0H (1 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 27-c.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 28-a:
=
o SO3 pyridine 0 DIPEA N
complex N
27-c HO S--\f¨x¨ .
¨NH
Cl < Compound 120 28-a [F-0 -40 Scheme 28 Step 1: Compound 120 To a solution of Intermediate 27-c 2HCI (393 mg, 0.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (655 pl, 3.8 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (61 pl, 0.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at -78 C for 15 minutes. Water (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 120 as a white solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 28-a To a solution of Compound 120 (380 mg, 0.7 mmol) in THF (7.5 ml) and DMSO (536 pl) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (526 pl, 3.0 mmol) and a solution of SO3 pyridine complex (360 mg, 2.2 mmol) in DMSO (1.0 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0 C
until completion. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, water and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 28-a as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 40:
NaBH(OAc)3 N
28-a _________________________ 01 SI \>--NH
NH
Compound 40 =
Scheme 29 To a solution of Intermediate 28-a (100 mg, 0.2 mmol) and pyrrolidine (16 pl, 0.2 mmol) in acetonitrile (5.0 ml) were sequentially added acetic acid (1 pl, 0.02 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (63 mg, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 40 as a white solid.
Compounds 41, 42, 43 and 44 were prepared starting from Intermediate 28-a, in a / \
similar manner to Compound 40, by replacing with \ , HO,=0--N1-12 HO, 0¨NH2 HO
and Nr12 respectively.
Compound 28 was prepared starting from Intermediate 23-d, in a similar manner to HO2C--/sN
Compound 40, by replacing u for the synthesis of Intermediate 28-a HO2C =
with S ---- and by replacing with Synthesis of Intermediates 30-c and 30-c':
HO HO HO
30-a 1-b 30-c 30-c' .,==
/N N¨
Boc Boo/ Boo/
Scheme 30 To a solution of Intermediate 30-a (380 mg, 2.2 mmol) and DIPEA (1.2 ml, 6.7 mmol) in DMSO was added Intermediate 1-b (700 mg, 2.4 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 110 C
overnight and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided Intermediates isomers 30-c as a yellow solid and 30-c' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 31-c:
io NO2 40 NO2 imidazole HO _____________________________________ . TBSO
NH TBSCI NH
30-c' \
'5 ,==
31-a \
N
N
Boci Boci i s NH2 Zn N
BrCN , 31-a _________ µ TBSO NH TBSO io ---NH2 N
31-b ( 31-c N
Boci Boc/N
Scheme 31 Step 1: Intermediate 31-a To a solution of Intermediate 30-c' (300 mg, 0.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (4.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added innidazole (114 mg, 1.7 mmol) and tert-butylchlorodimethylsilane (240 mg, 1.6 mmol). The reaction was then warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 31-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 31-b To a solution of Intermediate 31-a (400 mg, 0.8 mmol) in methanol (5.4 ml) and water (1 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.3 g) and zinc dust (266 mg, 4.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 31-b as a beige solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 31-c To a solution of Intermediate 31-b (360 mg, 0.8 mmol) in Et0H (8.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (103 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 31-c as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 32-b:
DIP TBSO=
EA, HATU HCI N
31-c HO \>¨NH
HO
\ N 32-a 2;2. 32-b 27-a -Boc Scheme 32 Step 1: Intermediate 32-a To a solution of 5-(oxazol-5-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 27-a (229 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) cooled to 0 C was added HATU (445 mg, 1.2 mmol) and after stirring for minutes a solution of Intermediate 31-c (380 mg, 0.8 mmol) and DIPEA (409 pl, 2.3 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight.
A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 25 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 32-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 32-b To a solution of Intermediate 32-a (445 mg, 0.7 mmol) in Me0H (3.3 ml), was added a 30 solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 32-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 33-a:
SO3 pyridine DIPEAcomplex N
0 HO =
32-b ______________ 40 rµi.__NH 0, ¨NH
Compound 73 33-a Scheme 33 Step 1: Compound 73 To a solution of Intermediate 32-b 2HCI (250 mg, 0.5 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (251 pl, 1.4 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (39 pl, 0.5 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at -78 C for 30 minutes. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 73 as a beige solid.
Compound 78 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 73 starting from Intermediate 30-c.
Step 2: Intermediate 33-a To a solution of Compound 73 (150 mg, 0.3 mmol) in THF (2.0 ml) and DMSO (1.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added TEA (166 pl, 1.2 mmol) and a solution of pyridine complex (142 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMSO (1.0 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0 C
until completion. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, water was added. A
precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 33-a as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 77:
NaHB(0Ac)3 N (-1 33-a __________________ "NH NH S'Nr¨A.
/
Compound 77 \ ______________________ /
Scheme 34 To a solution of Intermediate 33-a (55 mg, 0.1 mmol) and morpholine (9 mg, 0.1 mmol) in acetonitrile (1.0 ml) and dichloroethane (1.0 ml) was added sodium triacetoxyborohyd ride (35 mg, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 77 as a white solid.
Compound 86 was prepared from Compound 78, in a similar manner to Compound 77 / \
from compound 73, by replacing \ with .
Synthesis of Intermediate 35-c:
NaHCO3 H K2CO3 H2N io NO2 CbzCI Cbz-N io NO2 Mel Cbz-N io 35-a 35-b 35-c Scheme 35 Step 1: Intermediate 35-b To a solution of 4-fluoro-3-nitroaniline (5.0 g, 32.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (64 ml) were sequentially added a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (64.1 ml) and benzyl chloroformate (5.5 ml, 38.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 35-b as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 35-c To a solution of Intermediate 35-b (6.0 g, 20.7 mmol) in acetonitrile (60 ml) were sequentially added K2003 (8.6 g, 62.0 mmol) and methyl iodide (6.5 ml, 103.0 mmol).
The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 35-c as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediates 36-a and 36-a':
35-c DIP.EA Cbz-N 40 NO2 Cbz' N NO2 1-b 36-a 36-a' /1µ1 N--i Boc Bocl Boo/
Scheme 36 To a solution of Intermediate 35-c (850 mg, 2.8 mmol) and DIPEA (1.5 ml, 8.4 mmol) in DMSO was added Intermediate 1-b AcOH (880 mg, 3.1 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 110 C for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided Intermediates isomers 36-a as a yellow solid and 36-a' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 37-b:
,N
Cloz'N io NO2 Zn Cbz,N 110 NH2 BrCN Cbz io NH NH
36-a' 37-a 37-b Bac/ Bocl BoC
Scheme 37 Step 1: Intermediate 37-a To a solution of Intermediate 36-a' (510 mg, 1.0 mmol) in methanol (6.7 ml) and water (1 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.6 g) and zinc dust (327 mg, 5.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 37-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 37-b To a solution of Intermediate 37-a (400 mg, 0.8 mmol) in Et0H (8.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (110 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 37-b as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 50:
37-b N
DIPEA, HATU Cbz-N 40 , 2/ HCI Cbz,N N
HO s 01 =
\ N 38-a 38-b 27-a BoC
38-b DIPEA
Cbz,N N HBr N
=¨NH
0 N acetic acid CI
38-c Compound 50 ro Scheme 38 Step 1: Intermediate 38-a To a solution of 5-(oxazol-5-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 27-a (229 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) cooled to 0 C was added HATU (445 mg, 1.2 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of .Intermediate 37-b (540 mg, 1.1 mmol) and DIPEA (560 pl, 3.2 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight.
A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 38-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 38-b To a solution of Intermediate 38-a (600 mg, 0.9 mmol) in Me0H (5.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 38-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 38-c To a solution of Intermediate 38-b 2HCI (600 mg, 1.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (897 pl, 5.1 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (92 pl, 1.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at -78 C for 30 minutes. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 38-c as a beige solid.
Step 4: Compound 50 To a solution of Intermediate 38-c (650 mg, 1.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) cooled to 0 C was added a solution of 33% HBr in acetic acid (5 ml, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Water was added; a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 50 as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 54:
N DIPEA yN io N _________________________________________________________ ip \2¨NH
ci Compound 50 0 Compound 54 Scheme 39 To a solution of Compound 50 (20 mg, 0.04 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (21 pl, 0.1 mmol) and isobutyryl chloride (4 mg, 0.04 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 54 as a beige solid.
Compounds 51, 52, 53 were prepared starting from Compound 50, in a similar manner -ACI
Cl vA
A
to Compound 54, by replacing with () and CI
respectively.
' Synthesis of Compound 60:
H o 38-a __________ lOyi 0 H2 Pd/C . ,N 40 N N / I DIPEA as / I
¨NH S N
40-a CI---0 40-b \N , \
N
Eoc BoC
lOyjo airr!I o / I DIPEA / I
40-b HCI __ . ip rµl¨NH 0_.-0,--JCI
2liZ0-S
40-c µ
)';?'" Compound 60 \N N
H
Scheme 40 Step 1: Intermediate 40-a 10 To a solution of Intermediate 38-a (670 mg, 1.0 mmol) in methanol (5 ml) and stirred under nitrogen was added 10% Pd/C (209 mg, 0.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with H2 and stirred for 24 hours under H2. The reaction was then filtered through celite and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 40-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 40-b To a solution of Intermediate 40-a (75 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (72 pl, 0.4 mmol) and cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride (22 mg, 0.15 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and ' concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 40-b as a beige solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 40-c To a solution of Intermediate 40-b (110 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (5.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 40-c.2HCI as a beige solid.
Step 4: Compound 60 To a solution of Intermediate 40-c 2HCI (95 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (89 pl, 0.5 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (17 pl, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 60 as a beige solid.
Compound 59 was prepared starting from Intermediate 40-a, in a similar manner to rN
Compound 60, by replacing CI--" with Oj 0 in the presence of HATU
and DIPEA.
Synthesis of Intermediates 41-b and 41-b':
SI
NH NH
41-a 1-b 41-b 41-b' N¨
Boc Boo/ Boo/
Scheme 41 To a solution of Intermediate 41-a (500 mg, 3.1 mmol) and DIPEA (1.6 ml, 9.4 mmol) in DMSO was added Intermediate 1-b AcOH (990 mg, 3.5 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 110 C for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided Intermediates isomers 41-b as a yellow solid and 41-b' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 42-b:
Zn F si NH2 BrCN
41-b' ________________________________________________ NH2 NH N
42-a õ- 42-b Bocl BoC
Scheme 42 Step 1: Intermediate 42-a To a solution of Intermediate 41-b' (440 mg, 1.2 mmol) in methanol (8.0 ml) and water (1 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.9 g) and zinc dust (394 mg, 6.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 42-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 42-b To a solution of Intermediate 42-a (400 mg, 1.2 mmol) in Et0H (12.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (158 mg, 1.5 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 42-b as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 43-b:
= o , DIPEA, HATU F ioN HCI F 40 , 42-b ___________ S"¨Nr¨\-/ N 43-a 43-b 27-a BocN
Scheme 43 Step 1: Intermediate 43-a To a solution of 5-(oxazol-5-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 27-a (341 mg, 1.8 mmol) in DMF (6.0 ml) cooled to 0 C was added HATU (665 mg, 1.8 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 42-b (420 mg, 1.2 mmol) and DIPEA (611 pl, 3.5 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight.
A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 43-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 43-b To a solution of Intermediate 43-a (340 mg, 0.6 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 43-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 57:
43-b NH SN
¨/7 CI
Compound 57 ir%
Scheme 44 To a solution of Intermediate 43-b 2HCI (300 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (1.0 ml, 1.5 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (62 pl, 0.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 57 as a beige solid.
Compound 68 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 57 starting from Intermediate 41-b.
Compounds 56, 58 and 61 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 57 by F lei NO2 NO2 NO2 replacing Intermediate F with F F F and respectively.
Compounds 62, 70 and 67 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 68 by replacing Intermediate F with F F F and F
respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediates 45-b and 45-b':
CI CICI
DIPEA
01 NO2 0 NO22 io NO2 45-a 1-b 45-b =,, 45-b' \
iN NJ N
Boc Boo/ Boo/
Scheme 45 To a solution of Intermediate 45-a (500 mg, 2.8 mmol) and DIPEA (1.5 ml, 8.5 mmol) in DMSO was added intermediate 1-b AcOH (709 mg, 3.1 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 110 C for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, - and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate.
The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided Intermediates isomers 45-b as a yellow solid and 45-b' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 46-b:
CI CI
45-b Zn . lei NH2 BrCN N
' i 46-a ' 46-blei s,.NH N
')--:
N
Boc/N
/
Boc Scheme 46 Step 1: Intermediate 46-a To a solution of Intermediate 45-b' (460 mg, 1.2 mmol) in methanol (8.0 ml) and water (1 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.9 g) and zinc dust (394 mg, 6.0 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 46-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 46-b To a solution of Intermediate 46-a (420 mg, 1.2 mmol) in Et0H (12.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (158 mg, 1.5 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 46-b as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 47-b:
a 46-b DIP "--N
EA, HATU N HCI
Sr¨A _________________________________________ s 47-a 47-b 27-a Boo Scheme 47 Step 1: Intermediate 47-a To a solution of 5-(oxazol-5-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 27-a (233 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) was added HATU (454 mg, 1.2 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 46-b (300 mg, 0.8 mmol) and DIPEA (417 pl, 2.4 mmol) in DMF
was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A
saturated =
aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 47-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 47-b To a solution of Intermediate 47-a (500 mg, 0.9 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 47-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 64:
DIPEA
47-b - 401 y NH SN
Cl Compound 64 Scheme 48 To a solution of Intermediate 47-b 2HCI (250 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (267 pl, 1.5 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (50 pl, 0.6 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 64 as a beige solid.
Compound 72 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 64 starting from Intermediate 45-b.
=
Compounds 63 and 65 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 64 by replacing CI
401 NO2 CI si NO2 le NO2 Intermediate F with F and CI F respectively.
Compounds 71 and 69 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 72 by replacing CI
lei NO2 CI si NO2 la NO2 Intermediate F with F and CI F respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediates 49-b and 49-b':
OMe OMe OMe DIPEA
la NO2 40 NO2 NO2 49-a 1-b 49-b 49-b' /N N
Boc Bod Bod Scheme 49 To a solution of Intermediate 49-a (500 mg, 2.9 mmol) and DIPEA (1.5 ml, 8.7 mmol) in DMSO was added Intermediate 1-b AcOH (727 mg, 3.2 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 110 C for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided Intermediates isomers 49-b as a yellow solid and 49-b' as a yellow solid.
=
Synthesis of Intermediate 50-b:
OMe OMe 49-b Zn lei NH2 ' BrCN
50-a 50-b Boci BocN
Scheme 50 Step 1: Intermediate 50-a To a solution of Intermediate 49-b' (400 mg, 1.1 mmol) in methanol (7.0 ml) and water (1 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.7 g) and zinc dust (346 mg, 5.3 mmol) and the reaction Was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 50-a as a purple solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 50-b To a solution of Intermediate 50-a (370 mg, 1.1 mmol) in Et0H (10.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (141 mg, 1.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 50-b as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 51-b:
DIPEA, HATU N n HCI N n 50-b __________ S
51-a 51-b 27-a N Boo Scheme 51 Step 1: Intermediate 51-a To a solution of 5-(oxazol-5-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 27-a (207 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) was added HATU (310 mg, 0.8 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of Intermediate 50-b (370 mg, 0.8 mmol) and DIPEA (428 pl, 2.4 mmol) in DMF
was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 51-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 51-b To a solution of Intermediate 51-a (450 mg, 0.8 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 51-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 87:
OMe DIPEA N
51-b ______________________________________ $")--NH
cI
Compound 87 fo Scheme 52 To a solution of Intermediate 51-b 2HCI (400 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (466 pl, 2.6 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (87 pl, 1.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 87 as a white solid.
Compound 88 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 87 starting from Intermediate 49-b.
Synthesis of Intermediates 53-b and 53-b':
NO io DIPEA NO2 40 NO2 NH NH
53-a 1-b 53-b 53-b' 15 Boc Bac/ Boo/
Scheme 53 To a solution of Intermediate 53-a (405 mg, 2.9 mmol) and DIPEA (2.5 ml, 14.4 mmol) in acetonitrile was added Intermediate 1-b (650 mg, 2.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 20 70 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried 25 over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Separation by silica gel chromatography eluting with an ethyl acetate/hexane gradient provided Intermediates isomers 53-b as a yellow solid and 53-b' as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 54-b:
53-b Zn .40 NH2 ' ________________________________ BrCN
NH
54-a s, 54-b Boc/ Boc Scheme 54 Step 1: Intermediate 54-a To a solution of Intermediate 53-b' (430 mg, 1.2 mmol) in methanol and stirred under nitrogen was added 10% Pd/C (263 mg, 0.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with H2 and stirred for 24 hours under H2. The reaction was then filtered through celite and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 54-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 54-b To a solution of Intermediate 54-a (400 mg, 1.3 mmol) in Et0H (12.0 ml) was added cyanogen bromide (167 mg, 1.6 mmol) and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were then added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 54-b as a purple solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 55-c:
--"CO2H
DIPEA, HATU N NaOH N
54-b S---Nco2me S
HO CO2Me 55-10 55-c 55-a Boc Bo Scheme 55 Step 1: Intermediate 55-b To a solution of Intermediate 55-a (371 mg, 2.0 mmol) in DMF (9.0 ml) was added HATU
(1.0 g, 2.7 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (620 mg, 1.8 mmol) and DIPEA (949 pl, 5.4 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 55-b as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 55-c To a solution of Intermediate 55-b (533 mg, 1.0 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml) was added a IN aqueous solution of NaOH (2.0 ml, 2 mmol), the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature and then acidified with a 1N aqueous solution of HCI. A
precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 55-c as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Compound 101:
DIPEA, HATU, N H HCI N H
55-c EtNH2 40 SThrN
2,i7.7 56-a 56-b BoC
0 , 56-b DIPEA = N _________ H
CI
Compound 101 Scheme 56 Step 1: Intermediate 56-a To a solution of Intermediate 55-c (80 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) was added HATU
(92 mg, 0.2 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes DIPEA (84 pl, 0.5 mmol) and ethyl amine (97 pl, 0.2 mmol) were added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 56-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 56-b To a solution of Intermediate 56-a (82 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 56-b.HCI as a beige solid.
= Step 3: Compound 101 To a solution of Intermediate 56-b HCI (70 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (80 pl, 0.5 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (15 pl, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 101 as an off-white solid.
Compounds 85, 91, and 102 were prepared, starting from Intermediate 55-c, in a \
_) ______________________________________________________________ NH2 0 / \
NH
2 with N
NH
similar manner to Compound 101 by replacing , / and NH
respectively.
Synthesis of Compound 98:
o o N
HCI io DIPEA N el 55-b ¨1\1H S---NCO2Me =_NH Se-NCO2Me .57-a µ,.
\
',7.7 CI)LN
Compound 98 N N
H
. i4o Scheme 57 Step 1: Intermediate 57-a To a solution of Intermediate 55-b (100 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 57-a.HC1 as a beige solid.
Step 2: Compound 98 To a solution of Intermediate 57-al-ICI (88 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (103 pl, 0.6 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (19 pl, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 98 as a beige solid.
Compound 100 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 98 starting from Intermediate 55-c.
Synthesis of Intermediate 58-c:
P, N Z N
54-b DIEA HATU io S"--"'NO2 __ n =S--HO S/ NO2 58-b 58-c 58-a BoC BoC
Scheme 58 Step 1: Intermediate 58-b To a solution of Intermediate 58-a (445 mg, 2.6 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) was added HATU
(1.3 g, 3.5 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (800 mg, 2.4 mmol) and DIPEA (1.2 ml, 7.0 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 58-b as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 58-c To a solution of Intermediate 58-b (1.1 g, 2.3 mmol) in methanol (10.0 ml) and water (1 ml) were sequentially added ammonium chloride (1.2 g) and zinc dust (453 mg, 6.9 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and ethyl acetate were added to the residue, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 58-c as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 105:
58-c DIPEA N'> HCI N __ S io CI
59-a 59-h BoC
I N C)//
59-b DPEA =S--NN
CI
< Compound 105 Scheme 59 Step 1: Intermediate 59-a To a solution of Intermediate 58-c (150 mg, 0.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (4.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (103 pl, 0.6 mmol) and propionyl chloride (34 pl, 0.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight.
A
10 saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 59-a as a beige solid.
15 Step 2: Intermediate 59-b To a solution of Intermediate 59-a (149 mg, 0.3 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (2.0 ml, 8.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide 20 Intermediate 59-13-FICI as a beige solid.
Step 3: Compound 105 To a solution of Intermediate 59-b HCI (121 mg, 0.3 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (138 pl, 0.8 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (26 pl, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer-was separated, =
washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaNC03 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 105 as a white solid.
Compound 106, 111, and 112 were prepared, starting from Intermediate 58-c, in a = 0 C1) similar manner to Compound 105 by replacing CI with11) HO2C¨ Cl N in the presence of HATU and respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 60-b:
DIPEA, HATU N HCI N
54-b= =SM,F
HO S
60-a 2;?... 60-b F
4-a BocN
Scheme 60 Step 1: Intermediate 60-a To a solution of Intermediate 4-a (109 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) was added HATU
(274 mg, 0.7 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (190 mg, 0.5 mmol) and DIPEA (291 pl, 1.6 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were then added, the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 60-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 60-b To a solution of Intermediate 60-a (170 mg, 0.3 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml, 20.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 60-13-I-ICI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 15:
DIPEA
60-b = _____________________________________________________ 0 401 NH SF
Cl Compound 15 Scheme 61 To a solution of Intermediate 60-b.HCI (136 mg, 0.3 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
were sequentially added DIPEA (294 pl, 1.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (33 pl, 0.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added; the organic layer was separated, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 15 as a white solid.
Compound 17 was prepared, starting from Intermediate 53-b, in a similar manner to Compound 15.
Compound 18 was prepared, starting from Intermediate 53-b, in a similar manner to HO2C s Compound 17, by replacing F with 0 Compounds 16, 29, 30, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 55, 66, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 92, 93, 94, 103, 104, 107 and 115 were prepared, starting from Intermediate 54-b, in a similar \ F
HO2C -s)------( manner to Compound 15, by replacing F for the synthesis of \
HO2C s , Intermediate 60-a with 0 , 0¨// , \\ / N
HO2C's--F. --HO2C0- . ¨, N Hn 2r,. -- Q\\N HO2C-0¨ HO2C 41 CN
' S' 9 - 9 N
/ _____________________________________ HO2C le 0-2/N HO2C---- )--OMe 4i HO2C-s , = , ___ 1102C-CO
HO2C S HOC s HO2C s NH , , , (0 N
____ __,.,(N ____ ,.\, HO2C-CO HO2C s'\ 'N HO2C s z '0 HOC s ' 'N
N N-Ic 0-1c \ , N=--c , / \
s . HO2C
s"HO2C "S ---_, and HO2C s Br . , respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 62-c:
pyridine __ ._ Pd(PPh3)4, K2003 HO2C 5)( ......, 0--.... hydrochloride \ , 0 s \ N
HO2C s Br HO2C
' 0¨ NH
' =¨, 62-a ----\---(),B_ (N
62-c 62-d 62-b Scheme 62 = CA 2965813 2017-05-02 Step 1: Intermediate 62-c To a degassed solution of Intermediate 62-a (1.0 g, 4.8 mmol), intermediate 62-b (1.2 g, 5.1 mmol) and potassium carbonate (6.7 g, 48.3 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (40.2 ml) and water (8.0 ml) was added Pd(PPh3)4 (279 mg, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was heated at 80 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. Dichloromethane was added, the organic layer was separated and the aqueous phase was acidified to PH 3-4 with HCI. A precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 62-c as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 62-d To a solution of Intermediate 62-c (790 mg, 3.4 mmol) in DMSO (2.0 ml) was added pyridine hydrochloride (1:9 g, 16.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 160 C for 15 minutes and then cooled to room temperature. Water was added; a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 62-d as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 63-b:
= DIPEA, HATU ________________ N ___ / I
N / I
54-b ` ¨NH S S
yl NH HCI
NH
HO S / NH
/ 63-a 0 63-b 0 62-d BoC
Scheme 63 Step 1: Intermediate 63-a To a solution of Intermediate 62-d (194 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMF (1.0 ml) was added HATU
(333 mg, 0.9 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (200 mg, 0.6 mmol) and DIPEA (408 pl, 2.3 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 63-a as a beige solid.
=
Step 2: Intermediate 63-b To a solution of Intermediate 63-a (319 mg, 0.6 mmol) in Me0H (2.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.5 ml, 14.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 63-13-1-1C1 as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 97:
DIPEA _________________________________________ / I
63-b ________________________ - NH S N
CI
Compound 97 Scheme 64 To a solution of Intermediate 63-b HCI (281 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (306 pl, 1.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (57 pl, 0.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 2 hours. Water was added; a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 97 as a white solid.
Compound 96, was prepared in a similar to Compound 97, by replacing Intermediate HO S / NH
/
for the synthesis of Intermediate 63-a with HO2C s N
=
Compounds 95 and 99, were prepared in a similar manner to Compounds 96 and 97, 0¨
( B N
¨/
by replacing for the synthesis of Intermediates 62-c and 62-d with /FN\\ 0 =
Compounds 108 and 109, were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 95, by N\\_0 ¨\ \
replacing for the synthesis of Intermediate 62-c with /<
\
and ____________________________ respectively.
Compounds 75 and 113, were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 95, by _cN
B
replacing ________ for the synthesis of Intermediate 62-c with ,\\NI 0, Crri B N N
D N
and respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 65-d:
PPh KCO
( 3)4, 2 3 EtO2Cs2-- Pd"Br EtO2C s LiOH HO2C s (H0)2B4 1"\I
65-c 65-d 65-b Scheme 65 Step 1: Intermediate 65-c To a degassed solution of Intermediate 63-a (1.0 g, 4.2 mmol), intermediate 65-b (575 mg, 4.7 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.2 g, 8.5 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (35.4 ml) and water (7.1 ml) was added Pd(PPh3)4 (246 mg, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was heated in at 80 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. Water and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 65-c as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 65-d To a solution of Intermediate 65-c (991 mg, 4.2 mmol) in THF (10.6 ml) and water (10.6 ml) was added LiOH (509 mg, 21.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase was acidified to PH 3-4 with 6N HCI. A
precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with water and diethyl ether, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 65-d as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 66-b:
54-b=
DIPEA, HATU ____________________ / I 77 HCI N
1\j¨NH S r\r¨NH S
HO S/ /¨\ N 66-a 66-b 65-d C
Bo Scheme 66 Step 1: Intermediate 66-a To a solution of Intermediate 65-d (180 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMF (1.0 ml) was added HATU
(333 mg, 0.9 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (200 mg, 0.6 mmol) and DIPEA (408 pl, 2.3 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 66-a as a beige solid.
=
Step 2: Intermediate 66-b To a solution of Intermediate 66-a (309 mg, 0.6 mmol) in Me0H (2.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.5 ml, 14.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 66-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 110:
DIPEA I
66-b ____________________________ =NH
N
CI
Compound 110 = /740 Scheme 67 To a solution of Intermediate 66-b 2HCI (272 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (306 pl, 1.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (57 pl, 0.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 2 hours. Water was added; a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 110 as a white solid.
Compounds 74, 90 and 125 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 110, by (HO)2B -- (H0)2B¨N¨) replacing ¨/ for the synthesis of Intermediate 66-a with N ________________________ ( (H0)2B-0 (H0)2B ____ \ N
¨ and ---/ respectively.
Compounds 124 and 126 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 110, by ,Boc (H0)2B
replacing ¨/ for the synthesis of Intermediate 66-a with \¨
and respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 68-b:
Cu20, Cs2CO3 HO2Cs2----Br HO2C s N1,7) HNr N-62-a 1\1-68-a 68-b Scheme 68 To a degassed solution of Intermediate 62-a (500 mg, 2.4 mmol), Cu20 (23 mg, 0.2 mmol), cesium carbonate (1.6 g, 4.8 mmol) in DMF was added intermediate 68-a(110 mg, 1.6 mmol) and the reaction was heated in at 110 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added;
a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration to provide Intermediate 68-b as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 69-b:
DIPEA, HATU N HCI N
54-b _____________________________________________ = ¨NH
HO
S/ N'Nj 69-a 69-b 68-b BoC
Scheme 69 Step 1: Intermediate 69-a To a solution of Intermediate 68-b (138 mg, 0.7 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) was added HATU
(269 mg, 0.7 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (200 mg, 0.5 mmol) and DIPEA (248 pl, 1.4 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 69-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 69-b To a solution of Intermediate 69-a (90 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 69-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 89:
DIPEA N
69-b > NH S"---NN--CI
2?-7 Compound 89 Scheme 70 To a solution of Intermediate 69-b 2HCI (90 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (113 pl, 0.6 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (21 pl, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 2 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 89 as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 71-d:
Eto2c s LDA
Bu3SnCI
EtO2C s SnBu3 Pd(PPh3)4, CsF Eto2c._ks ,Boc c N N ,Boc 71-a Br __ 71-b 71-d 71-c LION¨N
71-d HO2C s Boc 71-e Scheme 71 Step 1: Intermediate 71-b To a solution of ethyl thiophene-2-carboxylate 71-a (2.0 g, 12.8 mmol) in THF
(13.0 ml) cooled to -78 C was added LDA (7.0 ml, 14.1 mmol) and after stirring for 1 hour, Bu3SnCI (4.4 g, 13.5 mmol) in THF was added drop wise. The reaction was stirred at -70 C for 1 hour and room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 71-b as a colorless oil.
Step 2: Intermediate 71-d To a solution of Intermediate 71-b (500 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) were sequentially added Intermediate 71-c (269 mg, 0.9 mmol), copper (I) iodide (36 mg, 0.2 mmol) Pd(PPh3)4 (108 mg, 0.1 mmol) and CsF (284 mg, 1.9 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 120 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 71-d as a white solid.
Step 3: Intermediate 71-e To a solution of Intermediate 71-d (200 mg, 0.8 mmol) in THF: water 1:1 (8.0 ml) was added LiOH (91 mg, 3.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 60 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. Diethyl ether was added; the aqueous phase was separated and acidified to PH ¨ 3 with 2N HCI. A precipitated formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 71-e as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 72-b:
DIPEA, HATU N / I HCI N __ /
54-b _______________________________________________________ =S =S
NN NN
N.Boc HO
2 S N,Boc 72-b 71-e BoC
Scheme 72 Step 1: Intermediate 72-a To a solution of Intermediate 71-e (166 mg, 0.7 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
was added HATU (290 mg, 0.8 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (187 mg, 0.5 mmol) and DIPEA (286 pl, 1.6 mmol) in DMF was added.
The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 72-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 72-b To a solution of Intermediate 72-a (135 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (4.0 ml, 16.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 72-b.2H0I as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 117:
DIPEA
72-b ___________________________ =
NH S
N"
Cl Compound 117 fo Scheme 73 To a solution of Intermediate 72-b 2HCI (120 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to -78 00 were sequentially added DIPEA (127 pl, 0.7 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (24 pl, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at -78 C for 15 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 117 as a white solid.
Compounds 123, 128 and 31 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 117, by _N oc Br p Br replacing \ for the synthesis of Intermediate 71-e with HN¨Boc _N Boc Br 11N Br ¨( ¨4\11-1 and respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 74-c:
. Pd(OAc)2, K3PO4, S-Phos /
HO2C s B HO2C s 74-a 74-b 74-c Scheme 74 To a degassed solution of Intermediate 74-a (500 mg, 1.9 mmol), intermediate 74-b (239 mg, 1.3 mmol) and potassium phosphate (557 mg, 2.6 mmol) in a 5:1 mixture of 1,4-dioxane:water (5.0 ml) was added Pd(OAc)2 (15 mg, 0.06 mmol), S-Phos (54 mg, 0.1 mmol) and the reaction was heated at 100 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. Water and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated. The aqueous phase was acidified to PH-1, extracted twice with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 74-c as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 75-b:
DIPEA, HATU HCI
S
N>= io 54-bJ'>¨NH S io HO2C s CN 75-a CN
75-b 27 CN
74-c =
BoC
Scheme 75 Step 1: Intermediate 75-a To a solution of Intermediate 74-c (130 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) was added HATU
(232 mg, 0.6 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (149 mg, 0.4 mmol) and DIPEA (229 pl, 1.3 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 75-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 75-b To a solution of Intermediate 75-a (135 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (4.0 ml, 16.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatjles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide = 20 Intermediate 75-b.HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 118:
DIPEA io N I
75-b S 40 C
CI N
N¨ Compound 118 Scheme 76 To a solution of Intermediate 75-b HCI (119 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
C were sequentially added DIPEA (137 pl, 0.8 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (26 pl, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 15 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 118 as a white solid.
Compound 122 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 118, by replacing ON
I 4.0 ON Br 11 for the synthesis of Intermediate 74-c with Synthesis of Intermediate 77-d:
j/ pd(pph,)4, K2CO3 LiOH \
MeO2C¨ ¨B(OH)2 N HO2C-Br ¨C
¨N
77-a 77-b 77-c 77-d Scheme 77 Step 1: Intermediate 77-c To a degassed solution of Intermediate 77-a (200 mg, 1.1 mmol), intermediate 77-b (155 mg, 1.0 mmol) and potassium carbonate (270 mg, 1.9 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8.1 ml) and water (1.6 ml) was added Pd(PPh3)4 (56 mg, 0.05 mmol) and the reaction was heated in at 80 C for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. Water and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 77-c as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 77-d To a solution of Intermediate 77-c (215 mg, 1.0 mmol) in THE: water 1:1 (5.0 ml) was added LiOH (117 mg, 4.9 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added. The aqueous phase was separated, acidified to PH-1 with 6N HCI and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 77-d as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 78-b:
N HCI N
54-b DIPEA, HATU =N= H
N
HO2C s 78-a 78-b NN
77-d BoC
Scheme 78 Step 1: Intermediate 78-a To a solution of Intermediate 77-d (180 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) was added HATU
(453 mg, 1.2 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (272 mg, 0.8 mmol) and DIPEA (416 pl, 2.4 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 78-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 78-b To a solution of Intermediate 78-a (420 mg, 0.8 mmol) in Me0H (2.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (4.75 ml, 19.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 78-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 127:
DIPEA N ___ / I
78-b _________________________ - io CI
Compound 127 84o =
Scheme 79 To a solution of Intermediate 78-b 2HCI (370 mg, 0.8 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C C were sequentially added DIPEA (415 çjI, 2.4 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (71 1_11, 0.9 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 1 hour. Water was added; a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 127 as a white solid.
Compound 76 was prepared in a similar manner to Compound 127, by replacing _N 1\1=NI
Br CI
N for the synthesis of Intermediate 77-d with Synthesis of Intermediate 80-d:
Eto2c- ¨Br Pd(PPh3)4, Cul, CsF
LIOH
_______________________________________________________ Ho2c-Et02 \
C z SnBu3 80-a 80-b 80-c 80-d Scheme 80 Step 1: Intermediate 80-c To a solution of Intermediate 80-a (232 mg, 1.0 mmol) in DMF (4.0 ml) were sequentially added Intermediate 80-d (400 mg, 1.1 mmol), copper (I) iodide (38 mg, 0.2 mmol), Pd(PPh3).4 (114 mg, 0.1 mmol) and CsF (284 mg, 1.9 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 80 C for 2 hours and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dichloromethane were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Diethyl ether was added to the residue; a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 80-c as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 80-d To a solution of Intermediate 80-c (230 mg, 1.0 mmol) in THF: water 1:1 (10.0 ml) was added LiOH (71 mg, 3.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed by reduced pressure. A precipitated formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 80-d as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 81-b:
54-b=
DIPEA, HATU N / HCI N
N
N
¨N --N
HO2C s N 81-a 81-b 80-d BoC
Scheme 81 Step 1: Intermediate 81-a To a solution of Intermediate 80-d (106 mg, 0.4 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) was added HATU
(250 mg, 0.6 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (150 mg, 0.4 mmol) and DIPEA (230 pl, 1.3 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 81-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 81-b To a solution of Intermediate 81-a (200 mg, 0.4 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 81-b-2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 114:
DIPEA N I
81-b NH S
CI
N
Compound 114 fr.0 Scheme 82 To a solution of Intermediate 81-b 2HCI (200 mg, 0.4 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C C were sequentially added DIPEA (69 pl, 0.4 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (33 pl, 0.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 15 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 114 as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 83-c:
=
K2CO3 NaOH
EtO2C s Br EtO2C s Nr) HO2C s N
HNr) 83-a )/µ 0 0 83-b 83-c Scheme 83 Step 1: Intermediate 83-b To a solution of Intermediate 83-a (500 mg, 2.1 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10.0 ml) were sequentially added pyrrolidin-2-one (217 mg, 2.6 mmol), copper (I) iodide (81 mg, 0.4 mmol), N1,N2-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine (94 mg, 1.1 mmol) and potassium carbonate = 20 (882 mg, 6.4 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 120 C
overnight and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 83-b as a white solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 83-c To a solution of Intermediate 83-b (440 mg, 1.8 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5.0 ml) and Me0H
(1.0 ml) was added a 1.0 N aqueous solution of NaOH (3.7 ml, 3.7 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. 10% aqueous citric acid and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 83-c as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 84-b:
o DIPEA, HATU N HCI N
54-h _______________ =¨NH ao 84-a 84-h '7.7 83-c BoC
Scheme 84 Step 1: Intermediate 84-a To a solution of Intermediate 83-c (100 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) was added HATU
(195 mg, 0.5 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (135 mg, 0.4 mmol) and DIPEA (207 pl, 1.2 mmol) in DMF was added. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 84-a as a white solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 84-b To a solution of Intermediate 84-a (110 mg, 0.2 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 ml, 12.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 84-b-HCI as. a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Compound 121:
DIPEA N
84-b > __ NH
CI
Compound 121 g-40 Scheme 85 To a solution of Intermediate 84-b HCI (66 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
C were sequentially added DIPEA (98 pl, 0.6 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (14 pl, 0.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 15 minutes. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 121 as a yellow solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 86-c:
EtO2C s SnBu3 ______________________ b Pd(PPh3)4 H EtO2C,k OH
S N =
Br ____________________________ (_ \
71-b 86-b 86-a LiOH \ OH
86-b HO2C s z I
86-c Scheme 86 Step 1: Intermediate 86-b To a solution of Intermediate 71-b (600 mg, 1.4 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) were sequentially added Intermediate 86-a (241 mg, 1.3 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (108 mg, 0.1 mmol) (148 mg, 0.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 120 C overnight and then cooled to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 86-b as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 86-c To a solution of Intermediate 86-b (280 mg, 1.1 mmol) in THF:water 1:1 (6.2 ml) was added LiOH (102 mg, 4.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Ethyl acetate was added; the aqueous phase was separated and acidified to PH
3 with 2N HCI. A precipitated formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 86-c as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 87-b:
DIPEA, HATU N I N, I
54-b io S
OH N N OH
OH HCI N N
HO2C s N 87-a 87-b 86-c BoC
Scheme 87 Step 1: Intermediate 87-a To a solution of Intermediate 86-c (103 mg, 0,4 mmol) in DMF (1.0 ml) cooled to 0 C was added HATU (250 mg, 0.7 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-b (150 mg, 0.4 mmol) and DIPEA (230 pl, 1.3 mmol) in DMF was added.
The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 87-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 87-b To a solution of Intermediate 87-a (52 mg, 0.1 mmol) in Me0H (0.3 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (557 pl, 2.2 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 87-b.2HCI as a beige solid.
Synthesis of Compound 146:
DIPEA N / I
87-b NH S , N
N
CI
Compound 146 Scheme 88 To a solution of Intermediate 87-b 2HCI (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (0.6 ml) cooled to 0 C were sequentially added DIPEA (53 pl, 0.3 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (9 pl, 0.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 146 as a white solid.
Compounds 132, 133, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 147, 149, 150, 151, 153 and 154 were prepared in a similar manner to Compound 146, by replacing cOH
N-1\1=\
Br N /2 CI N
for the synthesis of Intermediate 86-c with 1/
Br N¨ NH2 HN¨ HN¨ NH 2 \ N_H( N_( N¨ N¨
N
CI /71 CI /II Cl CI _____ Br 1/N
H N¨
HN¨ HN--( Br S Br Br N OH CI N Br ___ ¨
N _________________________________________________________ Br Br N
N_\ H2 CI N I \ N_ I \
CI ______________________________ Br H N and n respectively.
Synthesis of Intermediate 89-c:
Cu NaBH4 EtO2C s Br EtO2CsF
EtO2C s 111-FF, CO2Et OH
83-a Br CO2Et 89-a 89-b LiOH
89-b ________________________________ HO2C--Ns OH
89-c Scheme 89 Step 1: Intermediate 89-a A suspension of copper (1.1 g, 17.0 mmol) and ethyl 2-bromo-2,2-difluoroacetate (1.7 g, 8.5 mmo() in DMSO was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, intermediate 83-a (1.0 g, 4.2 mmol) was added and the reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 89-a as a colorless oil.
Step 2: Intermediate 89-b To a solution of Intermediate 89-a (1.0 g, 3.6 mmol) in Me0H (5.0 ml) cooled to 0 C was added sodium borohydride (68 mg, 1.8 mmol) and the reaction was then stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. A saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in THF (5 ml) and water (0.1 ml), the solution was cooled to 0 C and sodium borohydride (18 mg, 0.5 mmol) was added. After stirring for 2.5 hours at room temperature a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 and ethyl acetate were added, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate was added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 89-b as a colorless oil.
Step 3: Intermediate 89-c To a solution of Intermediate 89-b (250 mg, 1.1 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8.0 ml) was added an aqueous solution of LiOH 1.0M (2.1 ml, 2.1 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Diethyl ether was added; the aqueous phase was separated and acidified to PH - 3 with 2N HCI and then extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide Intermediate 89-c as a white solid.
Synthesis of Intermediate 90-b:
o DIPEA, HATU / HCI r\I F
54-b io S FF 2¨NH S
OH
90-a 90-b OH 27-7 OH
89-c Boc Scheme 90 Step 1: Intermediate 90-a To a solution of Intermediate 89-c (158 mg, 0.7 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ml) cooled to 0 C
was added HATU (333 mg, 0.9 mmol) and after stirring for 30 minutes a solution of intermediate 54-h (200 mg, 0.6 mmol) and DIPEA (306 pl, 1.7 mmol) in DMF was added.
The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel chromatography provided Intermediate 90-a as a beige solid.
Step 2: Intermediate 90-b To a solution of Intermediate 90-a (40 mg, 0.07 mmol) in Me0H (1.0 ml), was added a solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane (1.0 ml, 4.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. Volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, diethyl ether was added, a precipitate formed and was collected by filtration, dried under vacuum to provide Intermediate 90-b.HCI as a white solid.
Synthesis of Compound 130:
DIPEA ________________________________________ / I
90-b , __ NH S
CI
OH
Compound 130 Scheme 91 To a solution of Intermediate 90-b HCI (35 mg, 0.07 mmol) in DMF (5.0 ml) cooled to -78 C were sequentially added DIPEA (39 pl, 0.2 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (6.7 pl, 0.08 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at -78 C for 15 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and ethyl acetate were added, the organic layer was separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgS0.4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by reverse phase chromatography provided Compound 130 as a white solid.
Table 1: Examples of compounds of Formula I
Compound Structure MS (m/z) N NH
[M+H]=556.4 to x,i1 N1 NH
[M+Hr=570.3 fo X') N1 [M+H]=570.4 N
Xr\li NH S"Nr\
4 [M+H]=587.3 =
N
-NH SN
[M+H]-=587.3 N
N
[M+H]=505.3 2?-7 fr%
(IN
XS>NHS*
[M+Hr=563.4 N
X)1 NH SN
[M+H]=535.4 fo >F1 N
SMõ-F
9 [M+H]=584.4 µ)-D
N
>71\11 S-MF
[M+H]=584.4 NJ
>C[1 110 NH S'*
11 [M+H]=563.3 0(1 \> NH SM,.F
12 [M+H]=584.4 to e[\1 >C-11 N
N
N
13 '2?-7 [M+H]=521.3 sN
NH NO
NH NO
14 [M+H]=518.4 NH S-MF
[M+H]=457.2 ir%
0,1/N
16 2IIII [M+H]=474.0 fo NH SM.-F
17 [M+H]=457.2 1401 NH S'Nr--\
0,1/
18 [M+H]=474.2 (40 X) le NH
'2?-7 [M+H]=538.8 =N
[M+H]=515.2 >K)N ,c) > , 21 [M+Hr=505.2 _N
N orNI1-1 22 [M+H]=515.4 fo N
>CN 401 \>¨NH
ON
23 [M+Hr=588.8 X) leN
N H
24 2:? [M+H]=529.2 =
N
NH S-N
25 [M+1-1]+=520.8 X'INI 40 I
26 [M+Fl]-=528.8 SF
N
27 [M4-H]=556.0 fr-o >11 NH
28 [M+H]+=544.2 2?-7 135fo N
HO 110 NH S =
\
NH
[M+H]=530.6 N> I
N F
\ NH S
[M+H] 471.0 fo NH S
N N
[M+H]= 499.2 N 0Y-( 11 NH "
2?-7 = [M+H]=545.0 X \ /
) la NH
33 =
[M+H]=591.0 o 01 \> NH S--F
34 2?-7 [M+H]=540.2 rµO
(3, 110 N\> NH SyF
35 [M+H]=584.0 2?-7 fo 40, \> NH SM--=F
36 [M+H]=556.2 fo N
HO R[N11 NH SM---37 [M+H]=572.0 fo 401 , NH
/
38 N [M+H]=581.0 =
>7) le N---NH
39 [M+H]=581.0 NKfl NH S'Nr--,-\-N
40 [M+Hr=557.2 = -40 =
r\I
r'N N\EI cm_\
0) [M+H]=573.2 HO,.a0 N
NH S'Nr-_-\-N
[M+H]=601.2 = ir%
HO,, = N
ki -NH
N IN
0,1/
[M+H]=573.2 fo NH
N S"---Nr-0,//
[M+H]=589.2 2?-7 =
\> NH CYN
45 [M+H]=392.0 fo 46 [M+H]=407.8 fo 47 [M+H]=416.0 N = C N
N\> N H
48 [M+H]=426.2 fr.%
=
N
2i7-7 [M+H1=468.2 N
O\> NH S"--No r--\--N
[M+H]4=508.2 ir%
N rf NH
[M+H11=615.0 0 N, \> NH S"---Nr--\-N
52 III [M+11]+=571.2 N
= * NH
53 [M+H]=545.2 NH
O-,//
54 [M+H]=573.0 0\\ /-N\ 0/
, NE
[M+H]=432.0 fo 2?"7 N
NH S--\r-_-\
N
0-!/
56 [M+H]=492.0 F N ej.
S
0-!/N
57 [M+H]=492.0 2?-7 N
NNH S
0,//N
58 [M+H]=492.0 N
Nj-r N
0 j 0 le NH
O--//N
59 [M+H]=643.8 2?-7 ir%
Or 11\i 0 60 [M+H]=613.0 N
=
o/
61 [M+H]=491.8 .2?-7 0 _____________________________________ ---//
62 [M+H]=492.0 ir%
0 ____________________________________________________________ N
NH S---Nr--\-N
63 2I1II7 [M+H]=508.0 N
SI NH
61_,P
64 [M+H]=508.0 N
CI
65 [M+H]=508.0 N\> N/I-1 66 [M+H]=494.0 (31, NH
0,1/
67 [M+H]=492.2 ir%
F N Cf NH S \
"\r-;-"-N
68 [M+Hr=492.2 N
NH
CI N
69 [M+FI]=507.6 N
70 [M+1-11+=491.4 CI N
71 [M+FI]=508.0 ir%
Cl 0 N
(110 72 [M+1-1]+=508.0 fo HO laN
NH S"--Nr-A
73 [M+H]=504.0 ro N /
NH S
N
[M+H]+=484.0 fo N
NH S--Nna z 'N
[M+H]=487.0 N / I
[M+1-1]+=485.0 fo 0 N\>
NH S---Nr-A
(:),//
77 [M+H]+=573.0 N
HO
--.1/
78 [M+H]=504.0 N
NH S"
792 [M+Hr=421.0 i27 /
NH S
80 [M+H]=461.0 NH Sel 81 II [M+H]=457.0 N
NH
82 [M+Hr=407.0 0 _\
N
\> NH NH
83 [WI-]=418.2 =
N
110 N\\H C\N1 84 [M+H]=432.2 =
NN H
NH S No 85 [M+H]=527.2 2s?-:
fo a leõ CI
l ")-NH
--(/
86 [M+H]=557.0 fo '> NH SNr-,.-\
87 [M+H]=504.0 N
NH S"----\r-\N
88 [M+H]=504.0 N\
[M+H]=473.0 " N
N
40 s/
NN
[M+H1=484.5 N (NO
NH SThiNNõ) [M-'-Hr=
N
NH SThi-O\N
[M+H]=489.0 151 =
N\
N\/-NH
[M+H]=489.0 2i27 1 NH S---Nr-_-N
94 [M+Hr=489.0 ro N / I
1\1 NH S N
95 [M+Hr=514.4 = 40 / I
NH S N
96 [M+H]=514.0 ON
N /
NH S N
I o NH
97 [M+H]=500.2 '2?-7 ff40 N
SI NH / I
S OMe 98 [M+H]=465.2 N / I
N
* NH S
[M+Hr=500.4 2i27 fo NN
NH S-Thr-OH
100 [M+H]=451.2 1 1\1 NH S
[M+H]4=478.4 N
lel NH SThr ND
[M+H]=504.2 /
401 1\1 NH S
2?-": [M+H]=483.0 = si )=\H
104 [M+H]=421.0 105 H [M+Hr=478.2 NH S--NN-jc[iiii>
106 II [M+H]=518.4 SN
NH
107 [M+H]=431.0 N I
NH S
108 [M+H]=
g-40 N
NH S N
109 [M+ Fi]=
fo N I
(101 NH S
[M+Hr=
101 N CSNNr 0 NH --H I
111 [M+H]=527.4 NH
112 [M+H]=534.4 N
I N
N
[M+H]=487.2 O
N / I
S
N N
[M+H]=485.1 =N o=
NH SNE3r 2:?-7 [M+H]=486.0 Nj-NH cN.
NH
[M+H]=473.0 g -0 14. N
N /
NH S
NN
[M+H]=513.4 /
SI NH S
CN
[M+H]=508.6 fo N
HO SI ,\
2?-7 [M+H]=486.2 N
HO A
2 NH SNr 2?-7 [M+H]=503.2 N
NH
121 2IIII [M+H]=490.4 ro r\I--01\1H ON
122 [M+H]=508.2 2i7s:
Nfl =1\1 NH n--_-_--\-N-Z/N
123 [M+H]=487.4 N
NH
'N
124 [M+H]=473.0 ON / I
N-NH S , N
125 [M+H]=502.2 N
N / I
NH
1\1 S N
F
126 N [M+F]=502.4 N
N
127 [M+H]=484.2 N / I
N
128 [WI-]=499.4 = 1\1 NH S
I ,N
'2?-7[M+Hr=513.4 =
N / I F
N H S
[M+H]=487.0 N / I
1:40 N H S N N N
[M+Hr=513.0 N / I
1.1 N H S
I
132 [M+H]=485.2 N / I
S N
I
[M+Hr=485.2 N /
N,NH S
I N\
[M+Hr=499.4 N / I
NH S
135 1\1N
[M+Hr=499.4 ro NH
SI 1\1 NH S
I
[M+H]=533.4 ir/-40 N / I
NH
N S N NH
N
- - - N
137 [M+H]=514.6 fo N / I
NH S Ny NH2 [M+Hr=500.2 g N /
m H
N H S Nj [M+H]=513.4 N / I
1101'> NH S N NH
N
140 [M+H]=514.6 fo IP N
NI N
141 [M+H]=500.2 N
c:I
N
le N NH S N Ni I
[M+H]=513.4 N
lel N
N / I
NH S N
I
--' [M-FH]+=498.4 N
N / I
la f\i NH S 1 N
I
.--N
[M+H]=514.4 N
NH -NN
N N
[M+Hr=514.4 N
OH
1\1 [M+H]=514.4 fr%
N
NH S
[M+H]=498.6 =
N
HO *
N
[M+Hr=515.6 =
N /
N
[M+H]=499.4 N / I
S
I
N
[M+H]=499.4 N
NH
[M+H]=-523.2 =
HO
(1101 NH
N
[M+H]=554.2 N ONE
0 NH S I\1 NH2 1 y [M+H]=500.4 N
. 40 lel NH S N NH
I
--N
[M+Hr=524.2 N
FAD
140 NH S'N.,..r\-N N
'.:1 [M+H]=554.2 N
.
lel Ni I N
2?-: ----N
H
[M+H]=487.2 N
Example 1: CD3/CD28 Mediated PBMC Proliferation Assay Inhibition of cellular ltk was assessed by measuring proliferation of PBMC
following stimulation with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 antibodies.
Individual wells of 96 well tissue culture plates were coated with 50 pL of 5 pg/mL anti-CD3 (OKT3, eBiosciencps) overnight at 4 C. Human blood was collected in EDTA
containing vacutainer tubes. PBMC were isolated on Histopaque 1077 (Sigma) following centrifugation at 400 X g. Cells were washed 3 times by resuspension in PBS
and centrifugation at 250 X g and resuspended in media (RPMI, glutamine, 10% heat inactivated FCS) at a final concentration of 2x10e6 cells/mL. Cells (2x10e5) were added to the washed anti-CD3 coated plates and soluble anti-CD28 (CD28.2 eBiosciences) was added to each well at a final concentration of 2 pg/mL. Finally, compounds were added at various concentrations to each well. The cells were placed in a humidified incubator for 72 hours. Controls included unstimulated cells and media alone.
=
Table 2: Results anti-CD3/CD28 assay Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) (nM) (nM) (nM) 1 c 44 a 87 c 130 a 2 a 45 b 88 c 131 a 3 b 46 b 89 b 132 b 4 a 47 b 90 a 133 a a 48 b 91 c 134 b 6 b 49 b 92 c 135 b 7 b , 50 a 93 c 136 a 8 b 51 a 94 b 137 a 9 a 52 a 95 c 138 a b 53 a 96 b 139 b 11 c 54 a 97 b 140 a 12 c 55 c 98 b 141 a 13 b 56 a 99 c 142 a 14 c 57 a 100 c 143 b a 58 a 101 c 144 b 16 a 59 a 102 c 145 a 17 c 60 a 103 c 146 a 18 b 61 b 104 b 147 a 19 a 62 b 105 c 148 a a 63 a 106 c 149 a 21 a 64 c 107 b 150 b 22 a 65 a 108 b 151 c 23 a 66 c 109 c 152 b 24 b 67 c 110 a 153 b a 68 b 111 c 154 b 26 a 69 b 112 c 155 c 27 a 70 b 113 b 156 a 28 a 71 c 114 a 29 b = 72 c 115 a a 73 a 116 b 31 b 74 c 117 b 32 a 75 b 118 c 33 c 76 b 119 a 34 a 77 a_ 120 a a 78 a 121 b 36 a 79 c 122 c 37 a 80 c 123 b 38 b 81 c 124 a 39 b 82 c 125 a -a 83 c 126 b 41 a 84 c 127 a 42 a 85 b 128 a 43 a 86 a 129 a a- EC50<10 nM, b- 10 nM<EC50<100 nM, c- EC50>100 nM
Example 2: ITK biochemical assay The in vitro kinase assays were performed at Nanosyn utilizing micro-fluidic detection technology. The test compounds were serially pre-diluted in DMSO and added, by the acoustic dispensing (Labcytee 550), directly to 384 well assay plates into 10uL of a buffer with enzyme comprising: 100 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 5 mM MgC12, 0.1% bovine serum albumin, 1mM DTT, 0.01% Triton X-100 and the enzyme. Final DMSO concentration was maintained at 1 /0 in all samples, including the controls. The reactions were initiated by addition of ATP (to the specified concentration) and the fluorescently labeled peptide substrate to a final concentration of 1uM, and incubated for 3 hours at 25 C.
Following incubation, the reactions were quenched by addition of 40 pL of termination buffer (100 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 0.01% Triton X-100, 50 mM EDTA). Terminated plates were analyzed using Caliper LabChip 3000 microfluidic electrophoresis instrument (Caliper Life Sciences/Perkin Elmer). The enzymatic modification of the peptide substrate (phosphorylation) results in a change of net charge enabling electrophoretic separation of product from substrate. As substrate and product are separated by electrophoresis, two peaks of fluorescence are observed. Change in the relative fluorescence intensity of the substrate and product peaks was the parameter measured, reflecting enzyme activity. In the presence of inhibitor, the ratio between product and substrate is altered:
signal of the product decreases, while the signal of the substrate increases. Activity in each test sample was determined as the product to sum ratio (PSR): P/(S+P), where P is the peak height of the product and S is the peak height of the FAM-cAMP substrate. For each compound, enzyme activity was measured at 12 concentrations spaced by 3x dilution intervals.
Negative control samples (0%- inhibition in the absence of inhibitor, DMSO
only) and positive control samples (100%-inhibition, in the absence of enzyme or in the presence of control inhibitor) were assembled in replicates of four and were used to calculate %-inhibition values in the presence of compounds. Percent inhibition (Put) was determined using the following equation: Pnh = (PSRo% - PSRinh)/(PSRo% - PSR100%)*100 , where PSRinn is the product sum ratio in the presence of inhibitor, PSR0% is the product sum ratio in the absence of inhibitor and PSRi00% is the product sum ratio in 100%-inhibition control samples. To determine 1050 values, the inhibition curves (Pnh versus inhibitor concentration) were fitted by 4 parameter sigmoid dose-response model using XLfit software (IDBS).
Table 3: Results ITK biochemical assay Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) (nM) (nM) (nM) 1 c 44 a 87 c 130 a 2 a 45 c 88 c 131 a 3 b 46 c 89 c 132 b 4 a 47 c 90 b 133 b a 48 c 91 c 134 b 6 c = 49 b 92 c 135 c 7 b 50 a 93 c 136 a 8 b 51 a 94 b 137 b 9 a 52 a 95 c 138 a b 53 a 96 b 139 b 11 54 a 97 a 140 b 12 55 c 98 b 141 b 13 c 56 b 99 b 142 b 14 c 57 a 100 c 143 c b 58 b 101 c 144 b 16 a 59 b 102 c 145 b 17 c 60 a 103 b 146 a 18 b 61 b 104 c 147 a 19 b 62 b 105 c 148 b b 63 b 106 c 149 a 21 b 64 c 107 c 150 b 22 b 65 b 108 b 23 b 66 c 109 c 24 b 67 c 110 b b 68 b 111 c 26 b 69 c 112 c 27 b = 70 b 113 b 28 a 71 c 114 b 29 a 72 c 115 c b 73 b 116 c 31 b 74 b 117 b 32 b 75 b 118 c 33 c 76 b 119 b 34 b 77 a 120 b b 78 b 121 c 36 b 79 c 122 b 37 a 80 c 123 b ____ 38 b 81 c 124 a Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) (nM) (nM) (nM) 39 b 82 c 125 40 b 83 c 126 41 b 84 c 127 42 a 85 c 128 a 43 a 86 b 129 a a- EC50<1 nM, b- 1 nM<EC50<10 nM, c- EC50>10 nM
Example 3: RLK/TxK biochemical assay The in vitro kinase assays were performed at Nanosyn utilizing micro-fluidic detection technology. The test compounds were serially pre-diluted in DMSO and added, by the acoustic dispensing (Labcytee 550), directly to 384we11 assay plates into 10uL
of a buffer with enzyme comprising: 100 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 5 mM MgC12, 0.1% bovine serum albumin, 1mM DTT, 0.01% Triton X-100 and the enzyme. Final DMSO concentration was maintained at 1% in all samples, including the controls. The reactions were initiated by addition of ATP (to the specified concentration) and the fluorescently labeled peptide substrate to a final concentration of 1uM, and incubated for 3 hours at 25 C.
Following incubation, the reactions were quenched by addition of 40 pL of termination buffer (100 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 0.01% Triton X-100, 50 mM EDTA). Terminated plates were analyzed using Caliper LabChip 3000 microfluidic electrophoresis instrument (Caliper Life Sciences/Perkin Elmer). The enzymatic modification of the peptide substrate (phosphorylation) results in a change of net charge enabling electrophoretic separation of product from substrate. As substrate and product are separated by electrophoresis, two peaks of fluorescence are observed. Change in the relative fluorescence intensity of the substrate and product peaks was the parameter measured, reflecting enzyme activity. In the presence of inhibitor, the ratio between product and substrate is altered:
signal of the product decreases, while the signal of the substrate increases. Activity in each test sample was determined as the product to sum ratio (PSR): P/(S+P), where P is the peak height of the product and S is the peak height of the FAM-cAMP substrate. For each compound, enzyme activity was measured at 12 concentrations spaced by 3x dilution intervals.
Negative control samples (0%- inhibition in the absence of inhibitor, DMSO
only) and positive control samples (100%-inhibition, in the absence of enzyme or in the presence of control inhibitor) were assembled in replicates of four and were used to calculate %-inhibition values in the presence of compounds. Percent inhibition (Pion) was determined using the following equation: Pint, = (PSR0% - PSR,oh)/(PSRo% - PSR100%)*100 , where PSRion is the product sum ratio in the presence of inhibitor, PSRo% is the product sum ratio in the absence of inhibitor and PSR100% is the product sum ratio in 100%-inhibition control samples.To determine IC50 values, the inhibition curves (Pint, versus inhibitor concentration) were fitted by 4 parameter sigmoid dose-response model using XLfit software (IDBS).
Table 4: Results RLK/TxK biochemical assay Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) . (nM) (nM) (nM) 1 c 44 a 87 b 130 a 2 a 45 b 88 c 131 a 3 b 46 b 89 b 132 b 4 a 47 b 90 a 133 a 5 a 48 b 91 c 134 b 6 b 49 b 92 c 135 b 7 a 50 a 93 b 136 a 8 a 51 a 94 a 137 a 9 a 52 a 95 b 138 a 10 a 53 a 96 a 139 a 11 54 a 97 a 140 a 12 55 b 98 a 141 a 13 a 56 a 99 b 142 a 14 b 57 a 100 c 143 b a 58 a 101 a 144 b 16 a 59 a 102 b 145 a 17 c 60 a 103 a 146 a 18 b 61 a 104 b 147 a 19 a_ _ 62 b 105 c 148 a b 63 a 106 c 149 a 21 b 64 c 107 b 150 a 22 b 65 a 108 b 23 a 66 b 109 c 24 a 67 c 110 a a 68 b 111 c 26 a 69 b 112 c 27 a 70 b 113 b 28 a 71 c 114 a 29 a 72 c 115 b a 73 a 116 b Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) (nM) (nM) (nM) 31 b 74 b 117 b 32 a 75 a 118 b 33 a 76 b 119 a 34 a 77 a 120 a 35 a 78 b 121 b 36 a 79 c 122 b 37 a 80 c 123 a 38 a 81 c 124 a 39 a 82 b 125 a 40 a 83 b 126 a 41 a 84 c 127 b 42 a 85 b 128 a 43 a 86 b 129 a a- EC50<1 nM, b- 1 nM<EC50<10 nM, c- EC50>10 nM
Example 4: Tec biochemical assay The in vitro kinase assays were performed at Nanosyn utilizing micro-fluidic detection technology. The test compounds were serially pre-diluted in DMSO and added, by the acoustic dispensing (Labcytee 550), directly to 384well assay plates into 10uL
of a buffer with enzyme comprising: 100 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 5 mM MgCl2, 0.1% bovine serum albumin, 1mM DTT, 0.01% Triton X-100 and the enzyme. Final DMSO concentration was maintained at 1% in all samples, including the controls. The reactions were initiated by addition of ATP (to the specified concentration) and the fluorescently labeled peptide substrate to a final concentration of luM, and incubated for 3 hours at 25 C.
Following incubation, the reactions were quenched by addition of 40 pL of termination buffer (100 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 0.01% Triton X-100, 50 mM EDTA). Terminated plates were analyzed using Caliper LabChip 3000 microfluidic electrophoresis instrument (Caliper Life Sciences/Perkin Elmer): The enzymatic modification of the peptide substrate (phosphorylation) results in a change of net charge enabling electrophoretic separation of product from substrate. As substrate and product are separated by electrophoresis, two peaks of fluorescence are observed. Change in the relative fluorescence intensity of the substrate and product peaks was the parameter measured, reflecting enzyme activity. In the presence of inhibitor, the ratio between product and substrate is altered:
signal of the product decreases, while the signal of the substrate increases. Activity in each test sample was determined as the product to sum ratio (PSR): P/(S+P), where P is the peak height of the product and S is the peak height of the FAM-cAMP substrate. For each compound, enzyme activity was measured at 12 concentrations spaced by 3x dilution intervals.
Negative control samples (0%- inhibition in the absence of inhibitor, DMSO
only) and positive control samples (100%-inhibition, in the absence of enzyme or in the presence of control inhibitor) were assembled in replicates of four and were used to calculate %-inhibition values in the presence of compounds. Percent inhibition (Pim) was determined using the following equation: P,nh = (PSRo% - PSRnh)/(PSRo% - PSR100%)*100 , where PSRnh is the product sum ratio in the presence of inhibitor, PSR0% is the product sum ratio in the absence of inhibitor and PSR100% is the product sum ratio in 100%-inhibition control samples. To determine 1050 values, the inhibition curves (Pnh versus inhibitor concentration) were fitted by 4 parameter sigmoid dose-response model using XLfit software (I DBS).
Table 5: Results Tec biochemical assay Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) (nM) (nM) (nM) 1 44 b 87 130 2 b 45 b 88 131 a 3 c 46 b 89 132 b 4 b 47 b 90 a 133 a b 48 b 91 134 b 6 c 49 b 92 135 b 7 b 50 a 93 136 a 8 b 51 b 94 137 a 9 52 b 95 b 138 a 53 b 96 a 139 a 11 54 a 97 a 140 a 12 55 b 98 141 a 13 b 56 a 99 b 142 a 14 c 57 a 100 143 b b 58 b 101 144 b 16 a . 59 b 102 145 a 17 c 60 b 103 146 . a 18 b 61 b 104 147 a 19 b 62 b 105 148 c 63 b 106 149 a 21 c 64 c 107 150 a 22 c 65 b 108 b 23 b 66 c 109 b 24 c 67 c 110 a b 68 b 111 26 c 69 112 27 b 70 113 28 b 71 114 a 73 _________ 116 31 b 74 b 117 b 32 c 75 I 118 33 b 76 b I 119 34 c 77 120 b 78 121 36 b . 79 122 ________________________ 37 b 80 123 38 b 81 124 39 b 82 125 a b 83 126 b 41 b 84 127 b Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) (nM) (nM) (nM) 42 b 85 128 a 43 b 86 129 a- EC50<1 nM, b- 1 nM<EC50<10 nM, c- EC50>10 nM
=
[M+H]=457.2 ir%
0,1/N
16 2IIII [M+H]=474.0 fo NH SM.-F
17 [M+H]=457.2 1401 NH S'Nr--\
0,1/
18 [M+H]=474.2 (40 X) le NH
'2?-7 [M+H]=538.8 =N
[M+H]=515.2 >K)N ,c) > , 21 [M+Hr=505.2 _N
N orNI1-1 22 [M+H]=515.4 fo N
>CN 401 \>¨NH
ON
23 [M+Hr=588.8 X) leN
N H
24 2:? [M+H]=529.2 =
N
NH S-N
25 [M+1-1]+=520.8 X'INI 40 I
26 [M+Fl]-=528.8 SF
N
27 [M4-H]=556.0 fr-o >11 NH
28 [M+H]+=544.2 2?-7 135fo N
HO 110 NH S =
\
NH
[M+H]=530.6 N> I
N F
\ NH S
[M+H] 471.0 fo NH S
N N
[M+H]= 499.2 N 0Y-( 11 NH "
2?-7 = [M+H]=545.0 X \ /
) la NH
33 =
[M+H]=591.0 o 01 \> NH S--F
34 2?-7 [M+H]=540.2 rµO
(3, 110 N\> NH SyF
35 [M+H]=584.0 2?-7 fo 40, \> NH SM--=F
36 [M+H]=556.2 fo N
HO R[N11 NH SM---37 [M+H]=572.0 fo 401 , NH
/
38 N [M+H]=581.0 =
>7) le N---NH
39 [M+H]=581.0 NKfl NH S'Nr--,-\-N
40 [M+Hr=557.2 = -40 =
r\I
r'N N\EI cm_\
0) [M+H]=573.2 HO,.a0 N
NH S'Nr-_-\-N
[M+H]=601.2 = ir%
HO,, = N
ki -NH
N IN
0,1/
[M+H]=573.2 fo NH
N S"---Nr-0,//
[M+H]=589.2 2?-7 =
\> NH CYN
45 [M+H]=392.0 fo 46 [M+H]=407.8 fo 47 [M+H]=416.0 N = C N
N\> N H
48 [M+H]=426.2 fr.%
=
N
2i7-7 [M+H1=468.2 N
O\> NH S"--No r--\--N
[M+H]4=508.2 ir%
N rf NH
[M+H11=615.0 0 N, \> NH S"---Nr--\-N
52 III [M+11]+=571.2 N
= * NH
53 [M+H]=545.2 NH
O-,//
54 [M+H]=573.0 0\\ /-N\ 0/
, NE
[M+H]=432.0 fo 2?"7 N
NH S--\r-_-\
N
0-!/
56 [M+H]=492.0 F N ej.
S
0-!/N
57 [M+H]=492.0 2?-7 N
NNH S
0,//N
58 [M+H]=492.0 N
Nj-r N
0 j 0 le NH
O--//N
59 [M+H]=643.8 2?-7 ir%
Or 11\i 0 60 [M+H]=613.0 N
=
o/
61 [M+H]=491.8 .2?-7 0 _____________________________________ ---//
62 [M+H]=492.0 ir%
0 ____________________________________________________________ N
NH S---Nr--\-N
63 2I1II7 [M+H]=508.0 N
SI NH
61_,P
64 [M+H]=508.0 N
CI
65 [M+H]=508.0 N\> N/I-1 66 [M+H]=494.0 (31, NH
0,1/
67 [M+H]=492.2 ir%
F N Cf NH S \
"\r-;-"-N
68 [M+Hr=492.2 N
NH
CI N
69 [M+FI]=507.6 N
70 [M+1-11+=491.4 CI N
71 [M+FI]=508.0 ir%
Cl 0 N
(110 72 [M+1-1]+=508.0 fo HO laN
NH S"--Nr-A
73 [M+H]=504.0 ro N /
NH S
N
[M+H]+=484.0 fo N
NH S--Nna z 'N
[M+H]=487.0 N / I
[M+1-1]+=485.0 fo 0 N\>
NH S---Nr-A
(:),//
77 [M+H]+=573.0 N
HO
--.1/
78 [M+H]=504.0 N
NH S"
792 [M+Hr=421.0 i27 /
NH S
80 [M+H]=461.0 NH Sel 81 II [M+H]=457.0 N
NH
82 [M+Hr=407.0 0 _\
N
\> NH NH
83 [WI-]=418.2 =
N
110 N\\H C\N1 84 [M+H]=432.2 =
NN H
NH S No 85 [M+H]=527.2 2s?-:
fo a leõ CI
l ")-NH
--(/
86 [M+H]=557.0 fo '> NH SNr-,.-\
87 [M+H]=504.0 N
NH S"----\r-\N
88 [M+H]=504.0 N\
[M+H]=473.0 " N
N
40 s/
NN
[M+H1=484.5 N (NO
NH SThiNNõ) [M-'-Hr=
N
NH SThi-O\N
[M+H]=489.0 151 =
N\
N\/-NH
[M+H]=489.0 2i27 1 NH S---Nr-_-N
94 [M+Hr=489.0 ro N / I
1\1 NH S N
95 [M+Hr=514.4 = 40 / I
NH S N
96 [M+H]=514.0 ON
N /
NH S N
I o NH
97 [M+H]=500.2 '2?-7 ff40 N
SI NH / I
S OMe 98 [M+H]=465.2 N / I
N
* NH S
[M+Hr=500.4 2i27 fo NN
NH S-Thr-OH
100 [M+H]=451.2 1 1\1 NH S
[M+H]4=478.4 N
lel NH SThr ND
[M+H]=504.2 /
401 1\1 NH S
2?-": [M+H]=483.0 = si )=\H
104 [M+H]=421.0 105 H [M+Hr=478.2 NH S--NN-jc[iiii>
106 II [M+H]=518.4 SN
NH
107 [M+H]=431.0 N I
NH S
108 [M+H]=
g-40 N
NH S N
109 [M+ Fi]=
fo N I
(101 NH S
[M+Hr=
101 N CSNNr 0 NH --H I
111 [M+H]=527.4 NH
112 [M+H]=534.4 N
I N
N
[M+H]=487.2 O
N / I
S
N N
[M+H]=485.1 =N o=
NH SNE3r 2:?-7 [M+H]=486.0 Nj-NH cN.
NH
[M+H]=473.0 g -0 14. N
N /
NH S
NN
[M+H]=513.4 /
SI NH S
CN
[M+H]=508.6 fo N
HO SI ,\
2?-7 [M+H]=486.2 N
HO A
2 NH SNr 2?-7 [M+H]=503.2 N
NH
121 2IIII [M+H]=490.4 ro r\I--01\1H ON
122 [M+H]=508.2 2i7s:
Nfl =1\1 NH n--_-_--\-N-Z/N
123 [M+H]=487.4 N
NH
'N
124 [M+H]=473.0 ON / I
N-NH S , N
125 [M+H]=502.2 N
N / I
NH
1\1 S N
F
126 N [M+F]=502.4 N
N
127 [M+H]=484.2 N / I
N
128 [WI-]=499.4 = 1\1 NH S
I ,N
'2?-7[M+Hr=513.4 =
N / I F
N H S
[M+H]=487.0 N / I
1:40 N H S N N N
[M+Hr=513.0 N / I
1.1 N H S
I
132 [M+H]=485.2 N / I
S N
I
[M+Hr=485.2 N /
N,NH S
I N\
[M+Hr=499.4 N / I
NH S
135 1\1N
[M+Hr=499.4 ro NH
SI 1\1 NH S
I
[M+H]=533.4 ir/-40 N / I
NH
N S N NH
N
- - - N
137 [M+H]=514.6 fo N / I
NH S Ny NH2 [M+Hr=500.2 g N /
m H
N H S Nj [M+H]=513.4 N / I
1101'> NH S N NH
N
140 [M+H]=514.6 fo IP N
NI N
141 [M+H]=500.2 N
c:I
N
le N NH S N Ni I
[M+H]=513.4 N
lel N
N / I
NH S N
I
--' [M-FH]+=498.4 N
N / I
la f\i NH S 1 N
I
.--N
[M+H]=514.4 N
NH -NN
N N
[M+Hr=514.4 N
OH
1\1 [M+H]=514.4 fr%
N
NH S
[M+H]=498.6 =
N
HO *
N
[M+Hr=515.6 =
N /
N
[M+H]=499.4 N / I
S
I
N
[M+H]=499.4 N
NH
[M+H]=-523.2 =
HO
(1101 NH
N
[M+H]=554.2 N ONE
0 NH S I\1 NH2 1 y [M+H]=500.4 N
. 40 lel NH S N NH
I
--N
[M+Hr=524.2 N
FAD
140 NH S'N.,..r\-N N
'.:1 [M+H]=554.2 N
.
lel Ni I N
2?-: ----N
H
[M+H]=487.2 N
Example 1: CD3/CD28 Mediated PBMC Proliferation Assay Inhibition of cellular ltk was assessed by measuring proliferation of PBMC
following stimulation with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 antibodies.
Individual wells of 96 well tissue culture plates were coated with 50 pL of 5 pg/mL anti-CD3 (OKT3, eBiosciencps) overnight at 4 C. Human blood was collected in EDTA
containing vacutainer tubes. PBMC were isolated on Histopaque 1077 (Sigma) following centrifugation at 400 X g. Cells were washed 3 times by resuspension in PBS
and centrifugation at 250 X g and resuspended in media (RPMI, glutamine, 10% heat inactivated FCS) at a final concentration of 2x10e6 cells/mL. Cells (2x10e5) were added to the washed anti-CD3 coated plates and soluble anti-CD28 (CD28.2 eBiosciences) was added to each well at a final concentration of 2 pg/mL. Finally, compounds were added at various concentrations to each well. The cells were placed in a humidified incubator for 72 hours. Controls included unstimulated cells and media alone.
=
Table 2: Results anti-CD3/CD28 assay Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) (nM) (nM) (nM) 1 c 44 a 87 c 130 a 2 a 45 b 88 c 131 a 3 b 46 b 89 b 132 b 4 a 47 b 90 a 133 a a 48 b 91 c 134 b 6 b 49 b 92 c 135 b 7 b , 50 a 93 c 136 a 8 b 51 a 94 b 137 a 9 a 52 a 95 c 138 a b 53 a 96 b 139 b 11 c 54 a 97 b 140 a 12 c 55 c 98 b 141 a 13 b 56 a 99 c 142 a 14 c 57 a 100 c 143 b a 58 a 101 c 144 b 16 a 59 a 102 c 145 a 17 c 60 a 103 c 146 a 18 b 61 b 104 b 147 a 19 a 62 b 105 c 148 a a 63 a 106 c 149 a 21 a 64 c 107 b 150 b 22 a 65 a 108 b 151 c 23 a 66 c 109 c 152 b 24 b 67 c 110 a 153 b a 68 b 111 c 154 b 26 a 69 b 112 c 155 c 27 a 70 b 113 b 156 a 28 a 71 c 114 a 29 b = 72 c 115 a a 73 a 116 b 31 b 74 c 117 b 32 a 75 b 118 c 33 c 76 b 119 a 34 a 77 a_ 120 a a 78 a 121 b 36 a 79 c 122 c 37 a 80 c 123 b 38 b 81 c 124 a 39 b 82 c 125 a -a 83 c 126 b 41 a 84 c 127 a 42 a 85 b 128 a 43 a 86 a 129 a a- EC50<10 nM, b- 10 nM<EC50<100 nM, c- EC50>100 nM
Example 2: ITK biochemical assay The in vitro kinase assays were performed at Nanosyn utilizing micro-fluidic detection technology. The test compounds were serially pre-diluted in DMSO and added, by the acoustic dispensing (Labcytee 550), directly to 384 well assay plates into 10uL of a buffer with enzyme comprising: 100 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 5 mM MgC12, 0.1% bovine serum albumin, 1mM DTT, 0.01% Triton X-100 and the enzyme. Final DMSO concentration was maintained at 1 /0 in all samples, including the controls. The reactions were initiated by addition of ATP (to the specified concentration) and the fluorescently labeled peptide substrate to a final concentration of 1uM, and incubated for 3 hours at 25 C.
Following incubation, the reactions were quenched by addition of 40 pL of termination buffer (100 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 0.01% Triton X-100, 50 mM EDTA). Terminated plates were analyzed using Caliper LabChip 3000 microfluidic electrophoresis instrument (Caliper Life Sciences/Perkin Elmer). The enzymatic modification of the peptide substrate (phosphorylation) results in a change of net charge enabling electrophoretic separation of product from substrate. As substrate and product are separated by electrophoresis, two peaks of fluorescence are observed. Change in the relative fluorescence intensity of the substrate and product peaks was the parameter measured, reflecting enzyme activity. In the presence of inhibitor, the ratio between product and substrate is altered:
signal of the product decreases, while the signal of the substrate increases. Activity in each test sample was determined as the product to sum ratio (PSR): P/(S+P), where P is the peak height of the product and S is the peak height of the FAM-cAMP substrate. For each compound, enzyme activity was measured at 12 concentrations spaced by 3x dilution intervals.
Negative control samples (0%- inhibition in the absence of inhibitor, DMSO
only) and positive control samples (100%-inhibition, in the absence of enzyme or in the presence of control inhibitor) were assembled in replicates of four and were used to calculate %-inhibition values in the presence of compounds. Percent inhibition (Put) was determined using the following equation: Pnh = (PSRo% - PSRinh)/(PSRo% - PSR100%)*100 , where PSRinn is the product sum ratio in the presence of inhibitor, PSR0% is the product sum ratio in the absence of inhibitor and PSRi00% is the product sum ratio in 100%-inhibition control samples. To determine 1050 values, the inhibition curves (Pnh versus inhibitor concentration) were fitted by 4 parameter sigmoid dose-response model using XLfit software (IDBS).
Table 3: Results ITK biochemical assay Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) (nM) (nM) (nM) 1 c 44 a 87 c 130 a 2 a 45 c 88 c 131 a 3 b 46 c 89 c 132 b 4 a 47 c 90 b 133 b a 48 c 91 c 134 b 6 c = 49 b 92 c 135 c 7 b 50 a 93 c 136 a 8 b 51 a 94 b 137 b 9 a 52 a 95 c 138 a b 53 a 96 b 139 b 11 54 a 97 a 140 b 12 55 c 98 b 141 b 13 c 56 b 99 b 142 b 14 c 57 a 100 c 143 c b 58 b 101 c 144 b 16 a 59 b 102 c 145 b 17 c 60 a 103 b 146 a 18 b 61 b 104 c 147 a 19 b 62 b 105 c 148 b b 63 b 106 c 149 a 21 b 64 c 107 c 150 b 22 b 65 b 108 b 23 b 66 c 109 c 24 b 67 c 110 b b 68 b 111 c 26 b 69 c 112 c 27 b = 70 b 113 b 28 a 71 c 114 b 29 a 72 c 115 c b 73 b 116 c 31 b 74 b 117 b 32 b 75 b 118 c 33 c 76 b 119 b 34 b 77 a 120 b b 78 b 121 c 36 b 79 c 122 b 37 a 80 c 123 b ____ 38 b 81 c 124 a Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) (nM) (nM) (nM) 39 b 82 c 125 40 b 83 c 126 41 b 84 c 127 42 a 85 c 128 a 43 a 86 b 129 a a- EC50<1 nM, b- 1 nM<EC50<10 nM, c- EC50>10 nM
Example 3: RLK/TxK biochemical assay The in vitro kinase assays were performed at Nanosyn utilizing micro-fluidic detection technology. The test compounds were serially pre-diluted in DMSO and added, by the acoustic dispensing (Labcytee 550), directly to 384we11 assay plates into 10uL
of a buffer with enzyme comprising: 100 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 5 mM MgC12, 0.1% bovine serum albumin, 1mM DTT, 0.01% Triton X-100 and the enzyme. Final DMSO concentration was maintained at 1% in all samples, including the controls. The reactions were initiated by addition of ATP (to the specified concentration) and the fluorescently labeled peptide substrate to a final concentration of 1uM, and incubated for 3 hours at 25 C.
Following incubation, the reactions were quenched by addition of 40 pL of termination buffer (100 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 0.01% Triton X-100, 50 mM EDTA). Terminated plates were analyzed using Caliper LabChip 3000 microfluidic electrophoresis instrument (Caliper Life Sciences/Perkin Elmer). The enzymatic modification of the peptide substrate (phosphorylation) results in a change of net charge enabling electrophoretic separation of product from substrate. As substrate and product are separated by electrophoresis, two peaks of fluorescence are observed. Change in the relative fluorescence intensity of the substrate and product peaks was the parameter measured, reflecting enzyme activity. In the presence of inhibitor, the ratio between product and substrate is altered:
signal of the product decreases, while the signal of the substrate increases. Activity in each test sample was determined as the product to sum ratio (PSR): P/(S+P), where P is the peak height of the product and S is the peak height of the FAM-cAMP substrate. For each compound, enzyme activity was measured at 12 concentrations spaced by 3x dilution intervals.
Negative control samples (0%- inhibition in the absence of inhibitor, DMSO
only) and positive control samples (100%-inhibition, in the absence of enzyme or in the presence of control inhibitor) were assembled in replicates of four and were used to calculate %-inhibition values in the presence of compounds. Percent inhibition (Pion) was determined using the following equation: Pint, = (PSR0% - PSR,oh)/(PSRo% - PSR100%)*100 , where PSRion is the product sum ratio in the presence of inhibitor, PSRo% is the product sum ratio in the absence of inhibitor and PSR100% is the product sum ratio in 100%-inhibition control samples.To determine IC50 values, the inhibition curves (Pint, versus inhibitor concentration) were fitted by 4 parameter sigmoid dose-response model using XLfit software (IDBS).
Table 4: Results RLK/TxK biochemical assay Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) . (nM) (nM) (nM) 1 c 44 a 87 b 130 a 2 a 45 b 88 c 131 a 3 b 46 b 89 b 132 b 4 a 47 b 90 a 133 a 5 a 48 b 91 c 134 b 6 b 49 b 92 c 135 b 7 a 50 a 93 b 136 a 8 a 51 a 94 a 137 a 9 a 52 a 95 b 138 a 10 a 53 a 96 a 139 a 11 54 a 97 a 140 a 12 55 b 98 a 141 a 13 a 56 a 99 b 142 a 14 b 57 a 100 c 143 b a 58 a 101 a 144 b 16 a 59 a 102 b 145 a 17 c 60 a 103 a 146 a 18 b 61 a 104 b 147 a 19 a_ _ 62 b 105 c 148 a b 63 a 106 c 149 a 21 b 64 c 107 b 150 a 22 b 65 a 108 b 23 a 66 b 109 c 24 a 67 c 110 a a 68 b 111 c 26 a 69 b 112 c 27 a 70 b 113 b 28 a 71 c 114 a 29 a 72 c 115 b a 73 a 116 b Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) (nM) (nM) (nM) 31 b 74 b 117 b 32 a 75 a 118 b 33 a 76 b 119 a 34 a 77 a 120 a 35 a 78 b 121 b 36 a 79 c 122 b 37 a 80 c 123 a 38 a 81 c 124 a 39 a 82 b 125 a 40 a 83 b 126 a 41 a 84 c 127 b 42 a 85 b 128 a 43 a 86 b 129 a a- EC50<1 nM, b- 1 nM<EC50<10 nM, c- EC50>10 nM
Example 4: Tec biochemical assay The in vitro kinase assays were performed at Nanosyn utilizing micro-fluidic detection technology. The test compounds were serially pre-diluted in DMSO and added, by the acoustic dispensing (Labcytee 550), directly to 384well assay plates into 10uL
of a buffer with enzyme comprising: 100 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 5 mM MgCl2, 0.1% bovine serum albumin, 1mM DTT, 0.01% Triton X-100 and the enzyme. Final DMSO concentration was maintained at 1% in all samples, including the controls. The reactions were initiated by addition of ATP (to the specified concentration) and the fluorescently labeled peptide substrate to a final concentration of luM, and incubated for 3 hours at 25 C.
Following incubation, the reactions were quenched by addition of 40 pL of termination buffer (100 mM HEPES, pH7.5, 0.01% Triton X-100, 50 mM EDTA). Terminated plates were analyzed using Caliper LabChip 3000 microfluidic electrophoresis instrument (Caliper Life Sciences/Perkin Elmer): The enzymatic modification of the peptide substrate (phosphorylation) results in a change of net charge enabling electrophoretic separation of product from substrate. As substrate and product are separated by electrophoresis, two peaks of fluorescence are observed. Change in the relative fluorescence intensity of the substrate and product peaks was the parameter measured, reflecting enzyme activity. In the presence of inhibitor, the ratio between product and substrate is altered:
signal of the product decreases, while the signal of the substrate increases. Activity in each test sample was determined as the product to sum ratio (PSR): P/(S+P), where P is the peak height of the product and S is the peak height of the FAM-cAMP substrate. For each compound, enzyme activity was measured at 12 concentrations spaced by 3x dilution intervals.
Negative control samples (0%- inhibition in the absence of inhibitor, DMSO
only) and positive control samples (100%-inhibition, in the absence of enzyme or in the presence of control inhibitor) were assembled in replicates of four and were used to calculate %-inhibition values in the presence of compounds. Percent inhibition (Pim) was determined using the following equation: P,nh = (PSRo% - PSRnh)/(PSRo% - PSR100%)*100 , where PSRnh is the product sum ratio in the presence of inhibitor, PSR0% is the product sum ratio in the absence of inhibitor and PSR100% is the product sum ratio in 100%-inhibition control samples. To determine 1050 values, the inhibition curves (Pnh versus inhibitor concentration) were fitted by 4 parameter sigmoid dose-response model using XLfit software (I DBS).
Table 5: Results Tec biochemical assay Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) (nM) (nM) (nM) 1 44 b 87 130 2 b 45 b 88 131 a 3 c 46 b 89 132 b 4 b 47 b 90 a 133 a b 48 b 91 134 b 6 c 49 b 92 135 b 7 b 50 a 93 136 a 8 b 51 b 94 137 a 9 52 b 95 b 138 a 53 b 96 a 139 a 11 54 a 97 a 140 a 12 55 b 98 141 a 13 b 56 a 99 b 142 a 14 c 57 a 100 143 b b 58 b 101 144 b 16 a . 59 b 102 145 a 17 c 60 b 103 146 . a 18 b 61 b 104 147 a 19 b 62 b 105 148 c 63 b 106 149 a 21 c 64 c 107 150 a 22 c 65 b 108 b 23 b 66 c 109 b 24 c 67 c 110 a b 68 b 111 26 c 69 112 27 b 70 113 28 b 71 114 a 73 _________ 116 31 b 74 b 117 b 32 c 75 I 118 33 b 76 b I 119 34 c 77 120 b 78 121 36 b . 79 122 ________________________ 37 b 80 123 38 b 81 124 39 b 82 125 a b 83 126 b 41 b 84 127 b Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 Compound EC50 (nM) (nM) (nM) (nM) 42 b 85 128 a 43 b 86 129 a- EC50<1 nM, b- 1 nM<EC50<10 nM, c- EC50>10 nM
=
Claims (40)
1. A compound of Formula I:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, wherein R is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
L is selected from wherein n is an integer from 1 to 3; and n' is an integer from 1 to 3;
E is selected from the group:
wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclic ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above;
provided L-E is and R' and R" are independently selected from -X-Y, wherein X is selected from alkylene, -(alkylene)-NR1-,-(alkylene)-NR2-, -(alkylene)-O-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)m-, -NR1-, -NR2-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)NR1-, -C(O)ONR1-, or -S(O)m NR1- ;
wherein R1 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
R2 is selected from ¨C(O)R3, -C(O)OR3 or-S(O),R3;
R3 is selected from lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
m is an integer from 1 to 2; or X is a bond ; and Y is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl; or wherein R' and R" taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring, or a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, wherein R is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
L is selected from wherein n is an integer from 1 to 3; and n' is an integer from 1 to 3;
E is selected from the group:
wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclic ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above;
provided L-E is and R' and R" are independently selected from -X-Y, wherein X is selected from alkylene, -(alkylene)-NR1-,-(alkylene)-NR2-, -(alkylene)-O-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)m-, -NR1-, -NR2-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)NR1-, -C(O)ONR1-, or -S(O)m NR1- ;
wherein R1 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
R2 is selected from ¨C(O)R3, -C(O)OR3 or-S(O),R3;
R3 is selected from lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
m is an integer from 1 to 2; or X is a bond ; and Y is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl; or wherein R' and R" taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring, or a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring.
2. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
3. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
4. The compound according to claims 1, wherein L-E is selected from the group consisting of:
wherein E is selected from the group wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclyc ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above.
wherein E is selected from the group wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclyc ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above.
5. The compound according to claim 1, wherein L-E is selected from the group consisting of:
wherein E is selected from the group :
wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclyc ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above.
wherein E is selected from the group :
wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclyc ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above.
6. The compound according to claim 1, wherein L-E is selected from:
wherein E is selected from the group :
wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclyc ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above.
wherein E is selected from the group :
wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclyc ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above.
7. The compound according to any one of claims 4, 5 or 6, wherein E is
8. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R' is selected from -CH2-NH-Y, where Y
is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl and;
R" is hydrogen.
is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl and;
R" is hydrogen.
9. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R' is selected from -NR1C(O)Y, where Y
is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl;
R1 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl and;
R" is hydrogen.
is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl;
R1 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl and;
R" is hydrogen.
10. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R' is selected from halogen and R" is hydrogen.
11. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R' and R" are both hydrogen.
12. A compound selected from the group consisting of:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
13. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof for use in therapy.
14. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof for use in preventing or treating cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases or viral infection.
15. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof for use in the preparation of a medicament for inhibiting a protein kinase in a subject.
16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of claims 1 to 12, and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
17. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 16 for use in a treatment of a subject suffering from a disease, disorder or condition in which protein kinase activity is implicated.
18. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 17, wherein a protein kinase mediated disease, disorder or condition is one in which a Tec-kinase-family member activity is implicated.
19. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 18, wherein a protein kinase mediated disease, disorder or condition is one in which ltk, Rlk, Tec or combinations thereof are implicated.
20. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of claims 1 to 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvate of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient for use in therapy.
21. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 20 comprising the compound of any one of claims 1 to 12 for use in treatment with at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases or viral infection wherein: said additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is appropriate for the disease being treated; and said additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is administered together with said composition as a single dosage form or separately from said composition as part of a multiple dosage form.
22. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 20, wherein the pharmaceutical compositions may be in a conventional pharmaceutical form suitable for oral administration selected from tablets, capsules, granules, powders and syrups;
parenteral administration as: intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injections;
drop infusion preparations, inhalation, eye lotion, topical administration, ointment, or suppositories.
parenteral administration as: intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injections;
drop infusion preparations, inhalation, eye lotion, topical administration, ointment, or suppositories.
23. A method for treating a subject suffering from a protein kinase mediated disease, disorder or condition mediated by a protein kinase, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a compound according to Formula I:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, wherein R is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
L is selected from wherein n is an integer from 1 to 3; and n' is an integer from 1 to 3;
E is selected from the group:
wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclic ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above;
provided L-E is R' and R" are independently selected from -X-Y, wherein X is selected from alkylene, -(alkylene)-NR1-,-(alkylene)-NR2-, -(alkylene)-O-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)m-, -NR1-, -NR2-, -O(O)-, -C(O)O-, -O(O)NR1-, -C(O)ONR1-, or -S(O)m NR1- ;
wherein R1 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
R2 is selected from -C(O)R3, -C(O)OR3 or-S(O)m R3;
R3 is selected from lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
m is an integer from 1 to 2; or X is a bond ; and Y is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl; or wherein R' and R" taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring, or a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, wherein R is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
L is selected from wherein n is an integer from 1 to 3; and n' is an integer from 1 to 3;
E is selected from the group:
wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclic ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above;
provided L-E is R' and R" are independently selected from -X-Y, wherein X is selected from alkylene, -(alkylene)-NR1-,-(alkylene)-NR2-, -(alkylene)-O-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)m-, -NR1-, -NR2-, -O(O)-, -C(O)O-, -O(O)NR1-, -C(O)ONR1-, or -S(O)m NR1- ;
wherein R1 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
R2 is selected from -C(O)R3, -C(O)OR3 or-S(O)m R3;
R3 is selected from lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
m is an integer from 1 to 2; or X is a bond ; and Y is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl; or wherein R' and R" taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring, or a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein the disease, disorder or condition is associated with the activity of a kinase member of the Tec-kinase-family.
25. The method of claim 23, wherein the disease, disorder or condition is associated with the activity of a kinase selected from Itk, RIk, Tec or a combination thereof.
26. The method of claim 23, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of any one of claims 1 to 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvate of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof in combination with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein a pharmaceutical compositions is effective for the treatment of disease, disorder or condition associated with Tec-kinase family members.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein the pharmaceutical compositions may be in a conventional pharmaceutical form suitable for oral administration selected from tablets, capsules, granules, powders and syrups; parenteral administration as:
intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injections; drop infusion preparations,inhalation, eye lotion, topical administration, ointment, or suppositories.
intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injections; drop infusion preparations,inhalation, eye lotion, topical administration, ointment, or suppositories.
28. The method of any one of claims 23 to 27 further comprising the administering to a subject suffering from a protein kinase mediated disease or condition, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, alone or in combination with one or more another active pharmaceutical ingredients for the treatment of disease, disorder or condition associated with Tec-kinase family members.
29. A method of modulating kinase activity in a subject comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of any one of claims 1 to 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvates of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
30. A method of inhibiting protein kinase in a cell or tissue comprising contacting the cell or tissue with the compound of any one of claims 1 to 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvates of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
31. A method of inhibiting protein kinase activity in a subject, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of any one of claims 1 to 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvates of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof.
32. The method according to any one of claims 29 to 31, wherein said target kinase activity is associated with Tec-kinase-family.
33. The method according to claim 32, wherein said target kinase is selected from ltk, Rlk, Tec or combinations thereof.
34. A method of treating a subject suffering from cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases viral infection or combinations thereof, wherein the enzymatic activity of ltk, Rlk, Tec or a combination thereof are reduced by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of any one of claims 1 to 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt solvate, solvate of a salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof. .
35. The method according to claim 34, wherein the disease is selected from the group consisting of: lung inflammation, allergic asthma, pneumonia, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, uveitis, dry eye disease, arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, Still's disease, juvenile arthritis, type I diabetes, inflammatory bowel disease, myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's thyroiditis, Basedow's disease, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison disease, opsoclonus-myoclonus syndrome, ankylosing spondylitis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, celiac disease, Goodpasture's syndrome, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, optic neuritis, scleroderma, primary biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's disease, Takayasu arteritis, temporal arteritis, warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia, Wegener granuloma, alopecia universalis, Burchett disease, chronic fatigue syndrome, dysautonomia, endometriosis, interstitial cystitis, myotonia, vulvodynia, pemphig us, allergy, anaphylaxis, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis, asthma, appendicitis, blepharitis, bronchiolitis, bronchitis, bursitis, cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis, endocarditis, endometritis, enteritis, epicondylitis, epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, inflammatory bowel disease, laryngitis, mastitis, meningitis, myelitis, myocarditis, myositis nephritis, oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, osteoarthritis, pancreatitis, parotitis, pericarditis, peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis, pneumonia, proctitis, prostatitis, pyelonephritis, rhinitis, salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis, synovitis, tendinitis, tonsillitis, uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis, vulvitis, HIV/AIDS, influenza, T-cell lymphomas, T-cell leukemias, peripheral T-cell lymphoma, Seazry syndrome/cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma, NKTT-cell lymphoma, nasal type or aggressive NK-cell leukemia, and combinations thereof.
36. The method according to any one of claims 23 to 35, further comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for the treatment of cancer, autoimmune diseases, allergic diseases, inflammatory diseases or viral infection in combination therapy. .
37. The method of claim 36, wherein the additional active pharmaceutical ingredient is selected from the group consisting of steroids, leukotriene antagonists, anti-histamines, anti-cancer, anti-viral, anti-biotic agents, protein kinase inhibitors and combinations thereof.
38. A method of modulating target kinase function, wherein said modulating comprises inhibiting said target kinase function, the method comprising administering to a subject in need of such modulation a compound according to Formula I:
Formula I
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, wherein R is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
L is selected from wherein n is an integer from 1 to 3; and n' is an integer from 1 to 3;
E is selected from the group:
wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclic ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above;
provided L-E is and R' and R" are independently selected from -X-Y, wherein X is selected from alkylene, -(alkylene)-NR1-,-(alkylene)-NR2-, -(alkylene)-O-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)m-, -NR1-, -NR2-, -O(O)-, -O(O)O-, -C(O)NR1-, -C(O)ONR1-, or -S(O)m NR1- ;
wherein R1 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
R2 is selected from -C(O)R3, -C(O)OR3 or-S(O)m R3;
R3 is selected from lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
m is an integer from 1 to 2; or X is a bond ; and Y is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl; or wherein R' and R" taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring, or a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring.
Formula I
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, solvate of salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, isotope, prodrug, complex or biologically active metabolite thereof, wherein R is selected from substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
L is selected from wherein n is an integer from 1 to 3; and n' is an integer from 1 to 3;
E is selected from the group:
wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3-to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring and Rc is selected as above; or Rb and Rc taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring or form a 3- to membered heterocyclic ring and Ra is selected as above; or Ra and Rb taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a triple bond and Rc is selected as above;
provided L-E is and R' and R" are independently selected from -X-Y, wherein X is selected from alkylene, -(alkylene)-NR1-,-(alkylene)-NR2-, -(alkylene)-O-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)m-, -NR1-, -NR2-, -O(O)-, -O(O)O-, -C(O)NR1-, -C(O)ONR1-, or -S(O)m NR1- ;
wherein R1 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
R2 is selected from -C(O)R3, -C(O)OR3 or-S(O)m R3;
R3 is selected from lower alkyl or lower cycloalkyl;
m is an integer from 1 to 2; or X is a bond ; and Y is selected from hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaralkyl; or wherein R' and R" taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl ring, or a 3- to 8-membered substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring.
39. A probe comprising the compound of any one of claims 1 to 12 which is covalently conjugated to a detectable label or affinity tag for said compound.
40. The probe according to claim 39, wherein the detectable label is selected from the group consisting of: a fluorescent moiety, a chemiluminescent moiety, a paramagnetic contrast agent, a metal chelate, a radioactive isotope-containing moiety and biotin.
Priority Applications (10)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
RU2019103446A RU2019103446A (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2017-08-16 | SPIROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL APPLICATIONS |
EP17840669.0A EP3500566A4 (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2017-08-16 | Spirocyclic containing compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof |
CN201780063693.0A CN109983009A (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2017-08-16 | Containing whorled compound and its medicinal usage |
JP2019510352A JP2019527727A (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2017-08-16 | Spiro ring-containing compound and pharmaceutical use thereof |
CA3033156A CA3033156A1 (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2017-08-16 | Spirocyclic containing compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof |
BR112019003197A BR112019003197A2 (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2017-08-16 | spirocyclic-containing compounds and their pharmaceutical uses |
KR1020197007700A KR20190039781A (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2017-08-16 | Spiro-ring-containing compounds and their pharmaceutical uses |
US16/326,082 US10752615B2 (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2017-08-16 | Spirocyclic containing compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof |
PCT/CA2017/050970 WO2018032104A1 (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2017-08-16 | Spirocyclic containing compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof |
AU2017313534A AU2017313534A1 (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2017-08-16 | Spirocyclic containing compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CA2939286A CA2939286A1 (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2016-08-17 | Spirocyclic containing compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof |
CA2939286 | 2016-08-17 | ||
CA2959055A CA2959055A1 (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2017-02-27 | Spirocyclic containing compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof |
CA2959055 | 2017-02-27 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2965813A1 true CA2965813A1 (en) | 2018-02-17 |
Family
ID=61190233
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2965813A Abandoned CA2965813A1 (en) | 2016-08-17 | 2017-05-02 | Spirocyclic containing compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CA (1) | CA2965813A1 (en) |
-
2017
- 2017-05-02 CA CA2965813A patent/CA2965813A1/en not_active Abandoned
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10752615B2 (en) | Spirocyclic containing compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof | |
TWI476201B (en) | Pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines for antiviral treatment | |
BR112016023117B1 (en) | FUSED BICYCLIC HETEROARYL OR ARYL COMPOUNDS | |
EP3148539B1 (en) | Histone deacetylase inhibitors and compositions and methods of use thereof | |
TW201026686A (en) | Heterobicyclic carboxamides as inhibitors for kinases | |
JP2010507639A (en) | Pteridine derivatives as polo-like kinase inhibitors useful in the treatment of cancer | |
US20200385369A1 (en) | New benzimidazoles derivatives as tec kinases family inhibitors | |
CN102812029A (en) | Pyrrolopyrazine derivatives and their use as JAK and SYK inhibitors | |
EP2334683B1 (en) | Saturated bicyclic heterocyclic derivatives as smo antagonists | |
MX2013008629A (en) | Histone deacetylase inhibitors and compositions and methods of use thereof. | |
JP2021513530A (en) | Tetrahydroisoquinoline compounds, methods of their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds and their use. | |
CA2984618A1 (en) | Histone deacetylase inhibitors and compositions and methods of use thereof | |
JP5995841B2 (en) | 3,4-Dihydropyrrolo [1,2-a] pyrazine-2,8 (1H) -dicarboxamide derivatives, their preparation and therapeutic use thereof | |
CN111971278A (en) | Quinoline compounds as IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof | |
CA2965813A1 (en) | Spirocyclic containing compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof | |
US9409886B2 (en) | Pyrimidyl cyclopentanes as AKT protein kinase inhibitors | |
CN116783183A (en) | 1- (2- (4-cyclopropyl-1H-1, 2, 3-triazol-1-yl) acetyl) -4-hydroxy-N- (benzyl) pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide derivatives as VHL inhibitors for the treatment of anemia and cancer | |
EP3672963A1 (en) | Benzimidazole compounds as kinase inhibitors | |
WO2021233394A1 (en) | Receptor-interacting protein 1 inhibitors including piperazine heterocyclic amide ureas | |
CA3204133A1 (en) | Indole derivatives as kinase inhibitors | |
WO2024083246A1 (en) | Kras inhibitors | |
CA3159250A1 (en) | New compounds for treatment of diseases related to dux4 expression |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Dead |
Effective date: 20200831 |